blob: d69081c38788ac2474d389b6203323b58794e898 [file] [log] [blame]
Thomas Gleixnerd2912cb2019-06-04 10:11:33 +02001/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002/*
Johannes Berg3017b802007-08-28 17:01:53 -04003 * mac80211 <-> driver interface
4 *
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005 * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
6 * Copyright 2006-2007 Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +02007 * Copyright 2007-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Johannes Bergd98ad832014-09-03 15:24:57 +03008 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +03009 * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
Sara Sharonfafd2bc2019-02-06 13:17:15 +020010 * Copyright (C) 2018 - 2019 Intel Corporation
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070011 */
12
13#ifndef MAC80211_H
14#define MAC80211_H
15
Paul Gortmaker187f1882011-11-23 20:12:59 -050016#include <linux/bug.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070017#include <linux/kernel.h>
18#include <linux/if_ether.h>
19#include <linux/skbuff.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070020#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070021#include <net/cfg80211.h>
Michal Kazior5caa3282016-05-19 10:37:51 +020022#include <net/codel.h>
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +030023#include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h>
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +020024#include <asm/unaligned.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070025
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040026/**
27 * DOC: Introduction
28 *
29 * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
30 * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
31 * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
32 * drivers.
33 */
34
35/**
36 * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
37 *
38 * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070039 * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
40 * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
41 * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +010042 * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
43 * tasklet function.
44 *
45 * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -070046 * use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070047 */
48
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040049/**
50 * DOC: Warning
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070051 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040052 * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
53 * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
54 */
55
56/**
57 * DOC: Frame format
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070058 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040059 * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
60 * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
61 * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
62 * hardware.
63 *
64 * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
65 *
66 * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
67 * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
68 *
69 * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
70 * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070071 */
72
Ron Rindjunsky10816d42007-11-26 16:14:30 +020073/**
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -040074 * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
75 *
76 * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
77 * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
78 * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
79 * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
80 *
81 * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
82 * suspend.
83 *
84 * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
85 *
86 */
87
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +010088/**
89 * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
90 *
91 * mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed
92 * to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness
93 * between different stations/interfaces.
94 * In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead
95 * of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx().
96 * Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx().
97 *
98 * Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue
99 * driver operation.
100 *
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +0300101 * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with
102 * another per-sta for non-data/non-mgmt and bufferable management frames, and
103 * a single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100104 *
105 * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
106 * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
107 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -0800108 * The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame from a
109 * txq, it calls ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a
110 * queue, it calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op.
111 *
112 * Drivers can optionally delegate responsibility for scheduling queues to
113 * mac80211, to take advantage of airtime fairness accounting. In this case, to
114 * obtain the next queue to pull frames from, the driver calls
115 * ieee80211_next_txq(). The driver is then expected to return the txq using
116 * ieee80211_return_txq().
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100117 *
118 * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
119 * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
120 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
121 * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
122 * .release_buffered_frames().
123 * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
124 * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
125 * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
126 */
127
Paul Gortmaker313162d2012-01-30 11:46:54 -0500128struct device;
129
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -0400130/**
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200131 * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
132 *
133 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
Johannes Berg445ea4e2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100134 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200135 */
136enum ieee80211_max_queues {
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200137 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 16,
Johannes Berg445ea4e2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100138 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP = BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200139};
140
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200141#define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE 0xff
142
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200143/**
Johannes Berg4bce22b2010-11-16 11:49:58 -0800144 * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
145 * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
146 * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
147 * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
148 * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
149 */
150enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
151 IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0,
152 IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1,
153 IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2,
154 IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3,
155};
156
157/**
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400158 * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
159 *
160 * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100161 * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400162 *
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -0400163 * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200164 * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
165 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400166 * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100167 * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
Alexander Bondar908f8d02013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300168 * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
Kalle Valo9d173fc2010-01-14 13:09:14 +0200169 * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300170 * @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured
171 * @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400172 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700173struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200174 u16 txop;
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100175 u16 cw_min;
176 u16 cw_max;
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200177 u8 aifs;
Alexander Bondar908f8d02013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300178 bool acm;
Kalle Valoab133152010-01-12 10:42:31 +0200179 bool uapsd;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300180 bool mu_edca;
181 struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700182};
183
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700184struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
185 unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
186 unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
187 unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
188 unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
189};
190
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100191/**
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200192 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100193 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200194 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100195 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200196 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
197 * this is used only with channel switching with CSA
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200198 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200199 */
200enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100201 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH = BIT(0),
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200202 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS = BIT(1),
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100203 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR = BIT(2),
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200204 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(3),
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200205 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH = BIT(4),
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200206};
207
208/**
209 * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
210 *
211 * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
212 * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
213 *
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100214 * @def: the channel definition
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200215 * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200216 * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
217 * active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
218 * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
219 * after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
Simon Wunderlich5d7fad42012-11-30 19:17:28 +0100220 * this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100221 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200222 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
223 * sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
224 */
225struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100226 struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200227 struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200228
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200229 u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;
230
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100231 bool radar_enabled;
232
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +0100233 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200234};
235
236/**
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +0300237 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
238 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
239 * exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
240 * needs to be switched from one to the other.
241 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
242 * to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
243 * will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
244 * from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
245 * implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
246 * hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
247 * will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
248 * for changes/removal.)
249 */
250enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
251 CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
252 CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
253};
254
255/**
256 * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
257 *
258 * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
259 * needs to switch from one chanctx to another. The
260 * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
261 * done.
262 *
263 * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
264 * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
265 * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
266 */
267struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
268 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
269 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
270 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
271};
272
273/**
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100274 * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
275 *
276 * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback
277 * to indicate which BSS parameter changed.
278 *
279 * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
280 * also implies a change in the AID.
281 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
282 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300283 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
Tomas Winkler38668c02008-03-28 16:33:32 -0700284 * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200285 * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
Johannes Berg57c4d7b2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200286 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200287 * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
288 * reason (IBSS and managed mode)
289 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
290 * new beacon (beaconing modes)
291 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
292 * enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200293 * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200294 * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300295 * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200296 * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
297 * that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200298 * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
Marek Puzyniak0ca54f62013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200299 * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200300 * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300301 * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200302 * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
Johannes Berg488dd7b2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100303 * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200304 * changed
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300305 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
306 * currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
Johannes Berg2c9b7352013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100307 * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
308 * note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
309 * context had been assigned.
Rostislav Lisovy239281f2014-11-03 10:33:19 +0100310 * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200311 * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300312 * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected
313 * keep alive) changed.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700314 * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700315 * @BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER: fime timing reasurement request responder
316 * functionality changed for this BSS (AP mode).
John Crispinc9d32452019-05-28 13:49:47 +0200317 * @BSS_CHANGED_TWT: TWT status changed
John Crispin1ced1692019-07-30 18:37:01 +0200318 * @BSS_CHANGED_HE_OBSS_PD: OBSS Packet Detection status changed.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700319 *
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100320 */
321enum ieee80211_bss_change {
322 BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0,
323 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT = 1<<1,
324 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE = 1<<2,
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300325 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3,
Alexander Simona7ce1c92011-09-18 00:16:45 +0200326 BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4,
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200327 BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5,
Johannes Berg57c4d7b2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200328 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6,
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200329 BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7,
330 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8,
331 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9,
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200332 BSS_CHANGED_CQM = 1<<10,
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200333 BSS_CHANGED_IBSS = 1<<11,
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300334 BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER = 1<<12,
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200335 BSS_CHANGED_QOS = 1<<13,
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200336 BSS_CHANGED_IDLE = 1<<14,
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300337 BSS_CHANGED_SSID = 1<<15,
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200338 BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP = 1<<16,
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300339 BSS_CHANGED_PS = 1<<17,
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200340 BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER = 1<<18,
Johannes Berg488dd7b2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100341 BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS = 1<<19,
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300342 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO = 1<<20,
Johannes Berg2c9b7352013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100343 BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH = 1<<21,
Rostislav Lisovy239281f2014-11-03 10:33:19 +0100344 BSS_CHANGED_OCB = 1<<22,
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200345 BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS = 1<<23,
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300346 BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE = 1<<24,
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700347 BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE = 1<<25,
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700348 BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER = 1<<26,
John Crispinc9d32452019-05-28 13:49:47 +0200349 BSS_CHANGED_TWT = 1<<27,
John Crispin1ced1692019-07-30 18:37:01 +0200350 BSS_CHANGED_HE_OBSS_PD = 1<<28,
Johannes Bergac8dd502010-05-05 09:44:02 +0200351
352 /* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100353};
354
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300355/*
356 * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
357 * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
358 * filtering will be disabled.
359 */
360#define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4
361
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100362/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200363 * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
364 * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200365 * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300366 * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300367 * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
368 * they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
369 * once each time the timeout triggers.
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700370 */
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200371enum ieee80211_event_type {
372 RSSI_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200373 MLME_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300374 BAR_RX_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300375 BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200376};
377
378/**
379 * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
380 * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
381 * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
382 */
383enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700384 RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
385 RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
386};
387
388/**
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200389 * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200390 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
391 */
392struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
393 enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
394};
395
396/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200397 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
398 * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
Emmanuel Grumbachd0d1a122015-03-16 23:23:36 +0200399 * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
Emmanuel Grumbacha90faa92015-03-16 23:23:37 +0200400 * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
401 * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200402 */
403enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
404 AUTH_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbachd0d1a122015-03-16 23:23:36 +0200405 ASSOC_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha90faa92015-03-16 23:23:37 +0200406 DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
407 DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200408};
409
410/**
411 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
412 * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
413 * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
414 * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
415 */
416enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
417 MLME_SUCCESS,
418 MLME_DENIED,
419 MLME_TIMEOUT,
420};
421
422/**
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200423 * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200424 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
425 * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
426 * @reason: the reason code if applicable
427 */
428struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
429 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
430 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
431 u16 reason;
432};
433
434/**
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300435 * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
436 * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
437 * @tid: the tid
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300438 * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300439 */
440struct ieee80211_ba_event {
441 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
442 u16 tid;
443 u16 ssn;
444};
445
446/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200447 * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200448 * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200449 * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200450 * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300451 * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300452 * @u:union holding the fields above
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200453 */
454struct ieee80211_event {
455 enum ieee80211_event_type type;
456 union {
457 struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200458 struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300459 struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200460 } u;
461};
462
463/**
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200464 * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
465 *
466 * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
467 *
468 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
469 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
470 */
471struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
472 u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
473 u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
474};
475
476/**
Randy Dunlap3453de92018-12-06 12:58:30 -0800477 * struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params - FTM responder parameters
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700478 *
479 * @lci: LCI subelement content
480 * @civicloc: CIVIC location subelement content
481 * @lci_len: LCI data length
482 * @civicloc_len: Civic data length
483 */
484struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params {
485 const u8 *lci;
486 const u8 *civicloc;
487 size_t lci_len;
488 size_t civicloc_len;
489};
490
491/**
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100492 * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
493 *
494 * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
495 * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
496 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300497 * @bss_color: 6-bit value to mark inter-BSS frame, if BSS supports HE
498 * @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE
499 * @multi_sta_back_32bit: supports BA bitmap of 32-bits in Multi-STA BACK
500 * @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP
501 * @ack_enabled: indicates support to receive a multi-TID that solicits either
502 * ACK, BACK or both
503 * @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field
504 * @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us
505 * @he_support: does this BSS support HE
Emmanuel Grumbach55ebd6e2018-12-15 11:03:04 +0200506 * @twt_requester: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
507 * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
John Crispina0de1ca32019-05-28 13:49:48 +0200508 * @twt_responder: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
509 * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100510 * @assoc: association status
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200511 * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS
512 * or not
Sujith Manoharanc13a7652012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530513 * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100514 * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
515 * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
Johannes Bergea1b2b452015-06-02 20:15:49 +0200516 * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
517 * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +0100518 * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +0200519 * valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300520 * with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200521 * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100522 * as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
523 * HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
524 * only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
525 * association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200526 * %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200527 * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
528 * the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200529 * (see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100530 * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
531 * is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200532 * IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
533 * by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
534 * guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
Tomas Winkler21c0cbe2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700535 * @beacon_int: beacon interval
Emmanuel Grumbach98f7dfd2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800536 * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200537 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
538 * index into the rate table configured by the driver in
539 * the current band.
Alexander Bondar817cee72013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300540 * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
Felix Fietkaudd5b4cc2010-11-22 20:58:24 +0100541 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200542 * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
543 * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100544 * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
545 * configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200546 * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
Johannes Berg074d46d2012-03-15 19:45:16 +0100547 * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
Avri Altman22f66892015-08-18 16:52:07 +0300548 * This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
549 * Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
550 * be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200551 * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
Johannes Berge86abc62015-10-22 17:35:14 +0200552 * implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
553 * cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
554 * relation to the newly configured threshold.
Andrew Zaborowski2c3c5f8c2017-02-10 04:50:22 +0100555 * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value
556 * implies disabled. This is an alternative mechanism to the single
557 * threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it.
558 * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200559 * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300560 * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
561 * may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
562 * The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
563 * to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
Johannes Berg0f19b412013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100564 * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
565 * may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
566 * array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200567 * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200568 * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
569 * hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
570 * your driver/device needs to do.
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300571 * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
572 * offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
Marek Puzyniak0ca54f62013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200573 * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300574 * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
575 * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200576 * @txpower: TX power in dBm
Lorenzo Bianconidb82d8a2015-01-14 12:55:08 +0100577 * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
578 * Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
579 * TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
580 * NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
581 * userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
582 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
Janusz Dziedzic67baf662013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100583 * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200584 * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
585 * to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
586 * if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300587 * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from
588 * transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated.
589 * In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include
590 * a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element.
591 * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN
592 * protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the
593 * station.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700594 * @ftm_responder: whether to enable or disable fine timing measurement FTM
595 * responder functionality.
596 * @ftmr_params: configurable lci/civic parameter when enabling FTM responder.
Sara Sharon78ac51f2019-01-16 18:22:56 +0200597 * @nontransmitted: this BSS is a nontransmitted BSS profile
598 * @transmitter_bssid: the address of transmitter AP
599 * @bssid_index: index inside the multiple BSSID set
600 * @bssid_indicator: 2^bssid_indicator is the maximum number of APs in set
601 * @ema_ap: AP supports enhancements of discovery and advertisement of
602 * nontransmitted BSSIDs
603 * @profile_periodicity: the least number of beacon frames need to be received
604 * in order to discover all the nontransmitted BSSIDs in the set.
John Crispin697f6c52019-07-29 12:23:42 +0200605 * @he_operation: HE operation information of the AP we are connected to
John Crispin1ced1692019-07-30 18:37:01 +0200606 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection parameters.
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100607 */
608struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200609 const u8 *bssid;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300610 u8 bss_color;
611 u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext;
612 bool multi_sta_back_32bit;
613 bool uora_exists;
614 bool ack_enabled;
615 u8 uora_ocw_range;
616 u16 frame_time_rts_th;
617 bool he_support;
Emmanuel Grumbach55ebd6e2018-12-15 11:03:04 +0200618 bool twt_requester;
John Crispina0de1ca32019-05-28 13:49:48 +0200619 bool twt_responder;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100620 /* association related data */
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200621 bool assoc, ibss_joined;
Sujith Manoharanc13a7652012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530622 bool ibss_creator;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100623 u16 aid;
624 /* erp related data */
625 bool use_cts_prot;
626 bool use_short_preamble;
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300627 bool use_short_slot;
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200628 bool enable_beacon;
Emmanuel Grumbach98f7dfd2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800629 u8 dtim_period;
Tomas Winkler21c0cbe2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700630 u16 beacon_int;
631 u16 assoc_capability;
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200632 u64 sync_tsf;
633 u32 sync_device_ts;
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100634 u8 sync_dtim_count;
Johannes Berg881d9482009-01-21 15:13:48 +0100635 u32 basic_rates;
Alexander Bondar817cee72013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300636 struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +0200637 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
Johannes Berg9ed6bcc2009-05-08 20:47:39 +0200638 u16 ht_operation_mode;
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200639 s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
640 u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
Andrew Zaborowski2c3c5f8c2017-02-10 04:50:22 +0100641 s32 cqm_rssi_low;
642 s32 cqm_rssi_high;
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100643 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200644 struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300645 __be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
Johannes Berg0f19b412013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100646 int arp_addr_cnt;
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200647 bool qos;
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200648 bool idle;
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300649 bool ps;
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300650 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
651 size_t ssid_len;
652 bool hidden_ssid;
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200653 int txpower;
Lorenzo Bianconidb82d8a2015-01-14 12:55:08 +0100654 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
Janusz Dziedzic67baf662013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100655 struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200656 bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300657 u16 max_idle_period;
658 bool protected_keep_alive;
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700659 bool ftm_responder;
660 struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params *ftmr_params;
Sara Sharon78ac51f2019-01-16 18:22:56 +0200661 /* Multiple BSSID data */
662 bool nontransmitted;
663 u8 transmitter_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
664 u8 bssid_index;
665 u8 bssid_indicator;
666 bool ema_ap;
667 u8 profile_periodicity;
John Crispin697f6c52019-07-29 12:23:42 +0200668 struct ieee80211_he_operation he_operation;
John Crispin1ced1692019-07-30 18:37:01 +0200669 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100670};
671
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800672/**
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200673 * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800674 *
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700675 * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800676 *
Johannes Berg7351c6b2009-11-19 01:08:30 +0100677 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200678 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
679 * number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
680 * number and increasing the sequence number only when the
681 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
682 * assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
683 * for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
684 * that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
685 * If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
686 * assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
687 * 802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
688 * beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200689 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200690 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
691 * station
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200692 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200693 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
694 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200695 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200696 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
Johannes Bergab5b5342009-08-07 16:28:09 +0200697 * because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
698 * avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
699 * firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
700 * went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
701 * the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
702 * that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
703 * since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
704 * hardware queue.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200705 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
706 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
707 * is for the whole aggregation.
Ron Rindjunsky429a3802008-07-01 14:16:03 +0300708 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
709 * so consider using block ack request (BAR).
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200710 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
711 * set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
712 * be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
Seth Forshee6c17b772013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600713 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
714 * that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
715 * off-channel operation.
Johannes Bergcd8ffc82009-03-23 17:28:41 +0100716 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
717 * used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
718 * it can be sent out.
Johannes Berg8f77f382009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200719 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
720 * used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
Johannes Berg3b8d81e02009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200721 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
722 * used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100723 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
724 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
725 * be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
Johannes Bergad5351d2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200726 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
727 * transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
728 * by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
729 * queue gets full.
Johannes Bergc6fcf6b2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100730 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
731 * after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
732 * be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
Johannes Berg1672c0e32013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100733 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
734 * code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
735 * should kick the MLME state machine.
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200736 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
737 * MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
738 * status to user space)
Luis R. Rodriguez0a56bd02010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400739 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
Felix Fietkauf79d9ba2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200740 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
741 * frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
Johannes Berg610dbc92011-01-06 22:36:44 +0100742 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
743 * the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
744 * in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
745 * handled properly by the device.
Jouni Malinen681d1192011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200746 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
747 * testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
748 * TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
Rajkumar Manoharanaad14ce2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530749 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
750 * This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
751 * frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200752 * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
753 * when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
754 * an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
Johannes Bergdeeaee192011-09-29 16:04:35 +0200755 * the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
756 * PS-Poll responses.
Rajkumar Manoharanb6f35302011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530757 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
758 * This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
759 * the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
Johannes Berga26eb272011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200760 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
761 * would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
762 * monitor injection).
Sujith Manoharan5cf16612014-12-10 21:26:11 +0530763 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
764 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
765 * any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
766 * This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
767 * behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200768 *
769 * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
770 * forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800771 */
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200772enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200773 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0),
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200774 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ = BIT(1),
775 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK = BIT(2),
776 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT = BIT(3),
777 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT = BIT(4),
778 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM = BIT(5),
779 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU = BIT(6),
780 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED = BIT(7),
781 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED = BIT(8),
782 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK = BIT(9),
783 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU = BIT(10),
784 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK = BIT(11),
785 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12),
Seth Forshee6c17b772013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600786 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK = BIT(13),
Johannes Bergcd8ffc82009-03-23 17:28:41 +0100787 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(14),
Johannes Berg8f77f382009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200788 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15),
Johannes Berg3b8d81e02009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200789 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT = BIT(16),
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100790 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER = BIT(17),
Johannes Bergad5351d2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200791 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES = BIT(18),
Johannes Bergc6fcf6b2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100792 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION = BIT(19),
Johannes Berg1672c0e32013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100793 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX = BIT(20),
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200794 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21),
Luis R. Rodriguez0a56bd02010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400795 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22),
Felix Fietkauf79d9ba2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200796 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24),
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +0100797 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25),
Jouni Malinen681d1192011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200798 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE = BIT(26),
Rajkumar Manoharanaad14ce2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530799 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE = BIT(27),
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200800 IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP = BIT(28),
Rajkumar Manoharanb6f35302011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530801 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE = BIT(29),
Johannes Berga26eb272011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200802 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG = BIT(30),
Sujith Manoharan5cf16612014-12-10 21:26:11 +0530803 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED = BIT(31),
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200804};
805
Johannes Bergabe37c42010-06-07 11:12:27 +0200806#define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23
807
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200808/**
809 * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
810 *
811 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
812 * protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
Sujith Manoharan6b127c72014-12-10 21:26:10 +0530813 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
814 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
Sven Eckelmanndfdfc2b2016-01-26 17:11:13 +0100815 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100816 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenbb42f2d2016-09-22 19:04:20 +0200817 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
Rajkumar Manoharan8828f812019-04-11 13:47:26 -0700818 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP: This frame skips mesh path lookup
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200819 *
820 * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
821 */
822enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
823 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO = BIT(0),
Sujith Manoharan6b127c72014-12-10 21:26:10 +0530824 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE = BIT(1),
Sven Eckelmanndfdfc2b2016-01-26 17:11:13 +0100825 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT = BIT(2),
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100826 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU = BIT(3),
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenbb42f2d2016-09-22 19:04:20 +0200827 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT = BIT(4),
Rajkumar Manoharan8828f812019-04-11 13:47:26 -0700828 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP = BIT(5),
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200829};
830
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200831/*
832 * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
833 * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
834 */
835#define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK | \
836 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT | \
837 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU | \
838 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK | \
839 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK | \
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100840 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER | \
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200841 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC | \
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200842 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200843
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530844/**
845 * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
846 * Rate Control algorithm.
847 *
848 * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
849 * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
850 *
851 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
852 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
853 * This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
854 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
855 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100856 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
857 * into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530858 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
859 * Greenfield mode.
860 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100861 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
862 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
863 * (80+80 isn't supported yet)
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530864 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
865 * adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
866 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
867 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
868 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200869enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
870 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS = BIT(0),
871 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT = BIT(1),
872 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(2),
873
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100874 /* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200875 IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS = BIT(3),
876 IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD = BIT(4),
877 IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5),
878 IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA = BIT(6),
879 IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100880 IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS = BIT(8),
881 IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(9),
882 IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(10),
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800883};
884
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200885
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200886/* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
887#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200888
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200889/* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
890#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
891
892/* maximum number of rate stages */
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +0200893#define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES 4
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200894
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200895/* maximum number of rate table entries */
896#define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE 4
897
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200898/**
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200899 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200900 *
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200901 * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
902 * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
Johannes Berge25cf4a2008-10-23 08:51:20 +0200903 * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200904 *
905 * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
906 * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
907 *
908 * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
909 * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200910 *
911 * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
912 * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
913 * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
914 * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300915 * information::
916 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200917 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300918 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200919 * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
920 * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
921 * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
922 * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300923 * information should then contain::
924 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200925 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300926 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200927 * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
928 * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200929 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200930struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
931 s8 idx;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100932 u16 count:5,
933 flags:11;
Gustavo F. Padovan3f30fc12010-07-21 10:59:58 +0000934} __packed;
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200935
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100936#define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY 31
937
938static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
939 u8 mcs, u8 nss)
940{
941 WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
Karl Beldan6bc83122013-04-15 17:09:29 +0200942 WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
943 rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100944}
945
946static inline u8
947ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
948{
949 return rate->idx & 0xF;
950}
951
952static inline u8
953ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
954{
Karl Beldan6bc83122013-04-15 17:09:29 +0200955 return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100956}
957
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200958/**
959 * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
Ivo van Doorn1c014422008-04-17 19:41:02 +0200960 *
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200961 * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
962 * (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
963 * (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
964 * (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
965 *
966 * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200967 * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races)
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200968 * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
Johannes Berga729cff2011-11-06 14:13:34 +0100969 * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +0100970 * @control: union part for control data
971 * @control.rates: TX rates array to try
972 * @control.rts_cts_rate_idx: rate for RTS or CTS
973 * @control.use_rts: use RTS
974 * @control.use_cts_prot: use RTS/CTS
975 * @control.short_preamble: use short preamble (CCK only)
976 * @control.skip_table: skip externally configured rate table
977 * @control.jiffies: timestamp for expiry on powersave clients
978 * @control.vif: virtual interface (may be NULL)
979 * @control.hw_key: key to encrypt with (may be NULL)
980 * @control.flags: control flags, see &enum mac80211_tx_control_flags
981 * @control.enqueue_time: enqueue time (for iTXQs)
982 * @driver_rates: alias to @control.rates to reserve space
983 * @pad: padding
984 * @rate_driver_data: driver use area if driver needs @control.rates
985 * @status: union part for status data
986 * @status.rates: attempted rates
987 * @status.ack_signal: ACK signal
988 * @status.ampdu_ack_len: AMPDU ack length
989 * @status.ampdu_len: AMPDU length
990 * @status.antenna: (legacy, kept only for iwlegacy)
991 * @status.tx_time: airtime consumed for transmission
992 * @status.is_valid_ack_signal: ACK signal is valid
993 * @status.status_driver_data: driver use area
994 * @ack: union part for pure ACK data
995 * @ack.cookie: cookie for the ACK
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700996 * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100997 * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
Daniel Halperin93d95b12010-04-18 09:28:18 -0700998 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +0100999 * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
Daniel Halperin93d95b12010-04-18 09:28:18 -07001000 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001001 * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
Ivo van Doorn1c014422008-04-17 19:41:02 +02001002 */
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001003struct ieee80211_tx_info {
1004 /* common information */
1005 u32 flags;
1006 u8 band;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001007
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001008 u8 hw_queue;
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001009
Johannes Berga729cff2011-11-06 14:13:34 +01001010 u16 ack_frame_id;
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001011
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001012 union {
1013 struct {
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001014 union {
1015 /* rate control */
1016 struct {
1017 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
1018 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
1019 s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
Felix Fietkau991fec02013-04-16 13:38:43 +02001020 u8 use_rts:1;
1021 u8 use_cts_prot:1;
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001022 u8 short_preamble:1;
1023 u8 skip_table:1;
Felix Fietkau991fec02013-04-16 13:38:43 +02001024 /* 2 bytes free */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001025 };
1026 /* only needed before rate control */
1027 unsigned long jiffies;
1028 };
Johannes Berg25d834e2008-09-12 22:52:47 +02001029 /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
Johannes Berg53168212017-06-22 12:20:30 +02001030 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001031 struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +02001032 u32 flags;
Johannes Berg53168212017-06-22 12:20:30 +02001033 codel_time_t enqueue_time;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001034 } control;
1035 struct {
Johannes Berg3b79af92015-06-01 23:14:59 +02001036 u64 cookie;
1037 } ack;
1038 struct {
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001039 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
Eliad Pellera0f995a2014-03-13 14:30:47 +02001040 s32 ack_signal;
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +02001041 u8 ampdu_ack_len;
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +01001042 u8 ampdu_len;
Johannes Bergd748b462012-03-28 11:04:23 +02001043 u8 antenna;
Johannes Berg02219b32014-10-07 10:38:50 +03001044 u16 tx_time;
Venkateswara Naralasettya78b26f2018-02-13 11:04:46 +05301045 bool is_valid_ack_signal;
Johannes Berg02219b32014-10-07 10:38:50 +03001046 void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)];
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001047 } status;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001048 struct {
1049 struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
1050 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001051 u8 pad[4];
1052
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001053 void *rate_driver_data[
1054 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
1055 };
1056 void *driver_data[
1057 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001058 };
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001059};
1060
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03001061/**
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02001062 * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx staus info for rate control
1063 *
1064 * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for
1065 * @info: Basic tx status information
1066 * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver)
John Crispincbe77dd2019-07-14 17:44:14 +02001067 * @rate: The TX rate that was used when sending the packet
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02001068 */
1069struct ieee80211_tx_status {
1070 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1071 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info;
1072 struct sk_buff *skb;
John Crispincbe77dd2019-07-14 17:44:14 +02001073 struct rate_info *rate;
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02001074};
1075
1076/**
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001077 * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
1078 *
David Spinadel633e2712014-02-06 16:15:23 +02001079 * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
1080 * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
1081 * and the ones generated by mac80211.
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001082 *
1083 * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
1084 * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
1085 * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
1086 * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
1087 */
1088struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02001089 const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1090 size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001091 const u8 *common_ies;
1092 size_t common_ie_len;
1093};
1094
1095
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001096static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1097{
1098 return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
1099}
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001100
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02001101static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1102{
1103 return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
1104}
1105
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001106/**
1107 * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
1108 *
1109 * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
1110 *
1111 * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
1112 * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
1113 * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
1114 * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
1115 *
1116 * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use
1117 * info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data
1118 * instead if you need only the less space that allows.
1119 */
1120static inline void
1121ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
1122{
1123 int i;
1124
1125 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1126 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
1127 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1128 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
1129 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
1130 /* clear the rate counts */
1131 for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
1132 info->status.rates[i].count = 0;
1133
1134 BUILD_BUG_ON(
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +02001135 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20);
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001136 memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0,
1137 sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) -
1138 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len));
1139}
1140
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001141
1142/**
1143 * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
1144 *
1145 * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
1146 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
1147 * Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
1148 * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001149 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
1150 * verification has been done by the hardware.
David Spinadelcef0acd2016-11-21 16:58:40 +02001151 * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001152 * If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
1153 * hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
Johannes Berg981d94a2015-06-12 14:39:02 +02001154 * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
1155 * flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
1156 * Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
1157 * is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
Luis de Bethencourt84ea3a182016-03-18 16:09:29 +00001158 * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
1159 * de-duplication by itself.
Johannes Berg72abd812007-09-17 01:29:22 -04001160 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
1161 * the frame.
1162 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
1163 * the frame.
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001164 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
Johannes Berg6ebacbb2011-02-23 15:06:08 +01001165 * field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
1166 * was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
1167 * merging.
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001168 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1169 * field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
1170 * (including FCS) was received.
Johannes Bergf4a0f0c2016-01-25 15:46:34 +02001171 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1172 * field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
Felix Fietkaufe8431f2012-03-01 18:00:07 +01001173 * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
1174 * Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001175 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
1176 * number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
1177 * each A-MPDU
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001178 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
1179 * subframes of a single A-MPDU
1180 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
1181 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
1182 * on this subframe
1183 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
1184 * is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
Sara Sharonf980ebc2016-02-24 11:49:45 +02001185 * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
1186 * done by the hardware
Grzegorz Bajorski17883042015-12-11 14:39:46 +01001187 * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
1188 * processing it in any regular way.
1189 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1190 * them for sniffing purposes.
1191 * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
1192 * monitor interfaces.
1193 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1194 * them for sniffing purposes.
Michal Kazior0cfcefe2013-09-23 15:34:38 +02001195 * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
1196 * subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
1197 * All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
1198 * if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
1199 * the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
1200 * deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
1201 * subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
1202 * either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
1203 * interleaved with other frames.
Johannes Berg1f7bba72014-11-06 22:56:36 +01001204 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific
1205 * radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by
1206 * the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap.
Sara Sharonf631a772016-05-03 15:59:44 +03001207 * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
1208 * This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
1209 * the first subframe.
David Spinadelcef0acd2016-11-21 16:58:40 +02001210 * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must
1211 * be done in the hardware.
Johannes Berg7299d6f2018-02-19 14:48:39 +02001212 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this
1213 * frame
1214 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001215 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present
1216 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001217 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001218 * - DATA3_DATA_MCS
1219 * - DATA3_DATA_DCM
1220 * - DATA3_CODING
1221 * - DATA5_GI
1222 * - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC
1223 * - DATA6_NSTS
1224 * - DATA3_STBC
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001225 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001226 * from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data)
1227 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present
1228 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu)
Shaul Triebitzd1332e72018-08-31 11:31:20 +03001229 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG: L-SIG radiotap data is present
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001230 * @RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU: use the frame only for radiotap reporting, with
1231 * the "0-length PSDU" field included there. The value for it is
1232 * in &struct ieee80211_rx_status. Note that if this value isn't
1233 * known the frame shouldn't be reported.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001234 */
1235enum mac80211_rx_flags {
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001236 RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR = BIT(0),
1237 RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED = BIT(1),
Johannes Bergf4a0f0c2016-01-25 15:46:34 +02001238 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001239 RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED = BIT(3),
1240 RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED = BIT(4),
1241 RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC = BIT(5),
1242 RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = BIT(6),
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001243 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001244 RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL = BIT(8),
1245 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS = BIT(9),
1246 RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED = BIT(10),
1247 RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED = BIT(11),
1248 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN = BIT(12),
1249 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST = BIT(13),
1250 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR = BIT(14),
1251 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN = BIT(15),
1252 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END = BIT(16),
1253 RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR = BIT(17),
1254 RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR = BIT(18),
1255 RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE = BIT(19),
1256 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA = BIT(20),
1257 RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED = BIT(21),
1258 RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN = BIT(22),
1259 RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED = BIT(23),
Johannes Berg7299d6f2018-02-19 14:48:39 +02001260 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT = BIT(24),
1261 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN = BIT(25),
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001262 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE = BIT(26),
1263 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU = BIT(27),
Shaul Triebitzd1332e72018-08-31 11:31:20 +03001264 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG = BIT(28),
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001265 RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU = BIT(29),
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001266};
1267
1268/**
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001269 * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001270 *
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001271 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001272 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
1273 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission,
1274 * if the driver fills this value it should add
1275 * %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001276 * to @hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact.
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001277 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
1278 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001279 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001280 */
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001281enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags {
1282 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE = BIT(0),
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001283 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
1284 RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF = BIT(3),
1285 RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK = BIT(4) | BIT(5),
1286 RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC = BIT(6),
1287 RX_ENC_FLAG_BF = BIT(7),
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001288};
1289
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001290#define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT 4
1291
1292enum mac80211_rx_encoding {
1293 RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0,
1294 RX_ENC_HT,
1295 RX_ENC_VHT,
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001296 RX_ENC_HE,
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001297};
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001298
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001299/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001300 * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
1301 *
1302 * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
1303 * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02001304 * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001305 *
Bruno Randolfc132bec2008-02-18 11:20:51 +09001306 * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
1307 * (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
Johannes Berg162dd6a2016-02-23 23:05:06 +02001308 * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
1309 * needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02001310 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
1311 * it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001312 * @band: the active band when this frame was received
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001313 * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
Johannes Berg4352a4d2015-12-08 16:04:35 +02001314 * This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
1315 * for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001316 * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
1317 * unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
1318 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
Felix Fietkauef0621e2013-04-22 16:29:31 +02001319 * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
1320 * values were filled.
1321 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
1322 * support dB or unspecified units)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001323 * @antenna: antenna used
Jouni Malinen0fb8ca42008-12-12 14:38:33 +02001324 * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
Johannes Berg56146182012-11-09 15:07:02 +01001325 * HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
Johannes Berg8613c942017-04-26 13:51:41 +02001326 * @nss: number of streams (VHT and HE only)
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001327 * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001328 * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding
1329 * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001330 * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001331 * @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
1332 * @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi
1333 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
Johannes Berg554891e2010-09-24 12:38:25 +02001334 * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001335 * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
1336 * each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
1337 * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001338 * @zero_length_psdu_type: radiotap type of the 0-length PSDU
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001339 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001340struct ieee80211_rx_status {
1341 u64 mactime;
Johannes Berg162dd6a2016-02-23 23:05:06 +02001342 u64 boottime_ns;
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02001343 u32 device_timestamp;
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001344 u32 ampdu_reference;
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001345 u32 flag;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001346 u16 freq;
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001347 u8 enc_flags;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001348 u8 encoding:2, bw:3, he_ru:3;
1349 u8 he_gi:2, he_dcm:1;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001350 u8 rate_idx;
Johannes Berg8613c942017-04-26 13:51:41 +02001351 u8 nss;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001352 u8 rx_flags;
1353 u8 band;
1354 u8 antenna;
1355 s8 signal;
Felix Fietkauef0621e2013-04-22 16:29:31 +02001356 u8 chains;
1357 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001358 u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001359 u8 zero_length_psdu_type;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001360};
1361
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001362/**
Johannes Berg1f7bba72014-11-06 22:56:36 +01001363 * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information
1364 * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace
1365 * (this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more
1366 * bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that)
1367 * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed
1368 * alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace
1369 * description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment)
1370 * Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1!
1371 * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI
1372 * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace
1373 * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done
1374 * then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the
1375 * @data field.
1376 * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that
1377 * the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd
1378 * length
1379 * @data: the actual vendor namespace data
1380 *
1381 * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before
1382 * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns
1383 * data.
1384 */
1385struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap {
1386 u32 present;
1387 u8 align;
1388 u8 oui[3];
1389 u8 subns;
1390 u8 pad;
1391 u16 len;
1392 u8 data[];
1393} __packed;
1394
1395/**
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001396 * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
1397 *
1398 * Flags to define PHY configuration options
1399 *
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001400 * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
1401 * to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
1402 * or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02001403 * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
1404 * This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
1405 * meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
1406 * transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
1407 * Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
1408 * driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
1409 * for more.
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001410 * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
1411 * the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
1412 * may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
1413 * be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
1414 * it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
Felix Fietkau45521242010-07-28 02:40:49 +02001415 * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
1416 * operating channel.
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001417 */
1418enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001419 IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR = (1<<0),
Johannes Bergae5eb022008-10-14 16:58:37 +02001420 IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1),
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001421 IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2),
Felix Fietkau45521242010-07-28 02:40:49 +02001422 IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL = (1<<3),
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001423};
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001424
Johannes Berg7a5158e2008-10-08 10:59:33 +02001425
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001426/**
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001427 * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
1428 *
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001429 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001430 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
Johannes Berge255d5e2009-04-22 12:40:07 +02001431 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001432 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
Johannes Berg47979382009-01-07 10:13:27 +01001433 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001434 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001435 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001436 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +02001437 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1438 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001439 */
1440enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001441 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS = BIT(1),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001442 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001443 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR = BIT(3),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001444 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4),
Johannes Berge255d5e2009-04-22 12:40:07 +02001445 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5),
1446 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6),
1447 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001448 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001449};
1450
1451/**
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001452 * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
1453 *
Kalle Valo9d173fc2010-01-14 13:09:14 +02001454 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
1455 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
1456 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
1457 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
1458 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001459 */
1460enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
1461 IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
1462 IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
1463 IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
1464 IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
1465
1466 /* keep last */
1467 IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
1468};
1469
1470/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001471 * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
1472 *
1473 * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
1474 *
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001475 * @flags: configuration flags defined above
1476 *
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08001477 * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +01001478 * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
1479 * in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
1480 * has been received and the DTIM period is known.
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001481 * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
1482 * powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
1483 * the CONF_PS flag is set.
1484 *
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +02001485 * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
1486 * value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001487 *
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01001488 * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01001489 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001490 *
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001491 * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001492 * (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
1493 * but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001494 * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001495 * frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
1496 * number of transmissions not the number of retries
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001497 *
1498 * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
1499 * %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +02001500 * configured for an HT channel.
1501 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1502 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001503 */
1504struct ieee80211_conf {
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001505 u32 flags;
Juuso Oikarinenff616382010-06-09 09:51:52 +03001506 int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
Ron Rindjunsky10816d42007-11-26 16:14:30 +02001507
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001508 u16 listen_interval;
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +01001509 u8 ps_dtim_period;
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001510
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001511 u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;
1512
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01001513 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01001514 bool radar_enabled;
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001515 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001516};
1517
1518/**
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001519 * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
1520 *
1521 * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
1522 * operation.
1523 *
1524 * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
1525 * Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
1526 * announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
1527 * the driver passed into mac80211.
Luciano Coelho2ba45382014-10-08 09:48:35 +03001528 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
1529 * rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001530 * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
1531 * scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
Johannes Berg85220d72013-03-25 18:29:27 +01001532 * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001533 * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
Sara Sharonee145772019-02-06 13:17:09 +02001534 * @delay: maximum delay between the time the AP transmitted the last beacon in
1535 * current channel and the expected time of the first beacon in the new
1536 * channel, expressed in TU.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001537 */
1538struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
1539 u64 timestamp;
Luciano Coelho2ba45382014-10-08 09:48:35 +03001540 u32 device_timestamp;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001541 bool block_tx;
Johannes Berg85220d72013-03-25 18:29:27 +01001542 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001543 u8 count;
Sara Sharonee145772019-02-06 13:17:09 +02001544 u32 delay;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001545};
1546
1547/**
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001548 * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
1549 *
1550 * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
1551 * on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01001552 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
1553 * monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
1554 * connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
1555 * provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01001556 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
1557 * interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
1558 * but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
1559 * only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comb115b972015-10-27 08:38:40 +01001560 * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
1561 * and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
1562 * this is not pure P2P vif.
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001563 */
1564enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
1565 IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER = BIT(0),
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01001566 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI = BIT(1),
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01001567 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD = BIT(2),
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comb115b972015-10-27 08:38:40 +01001568 IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE = BIT(3),
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001569};
1570
1571/**
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001572 * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
1573 *
1574 * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
1575 * use during the life of a virtual interface.
1576 *
Johannes Berg51fb61e2007-12-19 01:31:27 +01001577 * @type: type of this virtual interface
Johannes Bergbda39332008-10-11 01:51:51 +02001578 * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
1579 * or the BSS we're associated to
Johannes Berg47846c92009-11-25 17:46:19 +01001580 * @addr: address of this interface
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02001581 * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
1582 * interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
Michal Kazior59af6922014-04-09 15:10:59 +02001583 * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is
1584 * write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
1585 * for read access.
Sara Sharonb5a33d52016-02-16 12:48:18 +02001586 * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001587 * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
1588 * these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
1589 * or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
1590 * at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001591 * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
1592 * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001593 * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
1594 * when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
1595 * path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
1596 * be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
1597 * processed after it switches back to %NULL.
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001598 * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001599 * interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001600 * monitor interface (if that is requested.)
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03001601 * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
1602 * interface.
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001603 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001604 * sizeof(void \*).
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001605 * @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
Manikanta Pubbisetty21a5d4c2018-07-11 00:12:53 +05301606 * @txqs_stopped: per AC flag to indicate that intermediate TXQs are stopped,
1607 * protected by fq->lock.
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001608 */
1609struct ieee80211_vif {
Johannes Berg05c914f2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02001610 enum nl80211_iftype type;
Johannes Bergbda39332008-10-11 01:51:51 +02001611 struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
Michael Brauna3e2f4b2016-10-15 13:28:19 +02001612 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02001613 bool p2p;
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02001614 bool csa_active;
Sara Sharonb5a33d52016-02-16 12:48:18 +02001615 bool mu_mimo_owner;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001616
1617 u8 cab_queue;
1618 u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1619
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001620 struct ieee80211_txq *txq;
1621
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001622 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;
1623
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001624 u32 driver_flags;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001625
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001626#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
1627 struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
1628#endif
1629
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03001630 unsigned int probe_req_reg;
1631
Manikanta Pubbisetty21a5d4c2018-07-11 00:12:53 +05301632 bool txqs_stopped[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1633
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001634 /* must be last */
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +01001635 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001636};
1637
Johannes Berg902acc72008-02-23 15:17:19 +01001638static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
1639{
1640#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
Johannes Berg05c914f2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02001641 return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
Johannes Berg902acc72008-02-23 15:17:19 +01001642#endif
1643 return false;
1644}
1645
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001646/**
Johannes Bergad7e7182013-11-13 13:37:47 +01001647 * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
1648 * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
1649 *
1650 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1651 * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
1652 *
1653 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1654 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1655 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1656 */
1657struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
1658
1659/**
Emmanuel Grumbachdc5a1ad2015-03-12 08:53:24 +02001660 * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
1661 * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
1662 *
1663 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1664 * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
1665 *
1666 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1667 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1668 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1669 */
1670struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
1671
1672/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001673 * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
1674 *
1675 * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
1676 * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
1677 *
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001678 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
1679 * driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001680 * particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
1681 * will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001682 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
1683 * the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
1684 * generation in software.
Ivo van Doornc6adbd22008-04-17 21:11:18 +02001685 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
1686 * that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001687 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02001688 * CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
1689 * (MFP) to be done in software.
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001690 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comee701082012-05-09 08:11:20 +03001691 * if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001692 * itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001693 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
1694 * not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
1695 * MIC.
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001696 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
1697 * management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
1698 * crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
1699 * properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
1700 * fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
1701 * RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
1702 * %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001703 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02001704 * driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001705 * only for managment frames (MFP).
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001706 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
1707 * driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
1708 * be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001709 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for
1710 * a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with
1711 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key.
Alexander Wetzel96fc6ef2019-03-19 21:34:08 +01001712 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX: Key needs explicit Tx activation.
Lorenzo Bianconia0b44962019-07-16 00:09:19 +02001713 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIE: This flag should be set by the driver
1714 * for a AES_CMAC key to indicate that it requires sequence number
1715 * generation only
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001716 */
1717enum ieee80211_key_flags {
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001718 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT = BIT(0),
1719 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV = BIT(1),
1720 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC = BIT(2),
1721 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE = BIT(3),
1722 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX = BIT(4),
1723 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = BIT(5),
1724 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT = BIT(6),
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001725 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM = BIT(7),
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001726 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE = BIT(8),
Alexander Wetzel96fc6ef2019-03-19 21:34:08 +01001727 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX = BIT(9),
Lorenzo Bianconia0b44962019-07-16 00:09:19 +02001728 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIE = BIT(10),
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001729};
1730
1731/**
1732 * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
1733 *
1734 * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
1735 * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
1736 *
1737 * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
1738 * wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
Johannes Berg6a7664d2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001739 * encrypted in hardware.
Johannes Berg97359d12010-08-10 09:46:38 +02001740 * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02001741 * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
1742 * needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001743 * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
1744 * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
1745 * @keylen: key material length
Luis R. Rodriguezffd78912008-06-21 10:02:46 -04001746 * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
1747 * data block:
1748 * - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
1749 * - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
1750 * - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01001751 * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
1752 * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001753 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001754struct ieee80211_key_conf {
Johannes Bergdb388a52015-06-01 15:36:51 +02001755 atomic64_t tx_pn;
Johannes Berg97359d12010-08-10 09:46:38 +02001756 u32 cipher;
Felix Fietkau76708de2008-10-05 18:02:48 +02001757 u8 icv_len;
1758 u8 iv_len;
Johannes Berg6a7664d2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001759 u8 hw_key_idx;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001760 s8 keyidx;
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001761 u16 flags;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001762 u8 keylen;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001763 u8 key[0];
1764};
1765
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001766#define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN 16
1767
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02001768#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
1769#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))
1770
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001771/**
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001772 * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
1773 *
1774 * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
1775 * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1776 * reverse order than in packet)
1777 * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1778 * reverse order than in packet)
1779 * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1780 * reverse order than in packet)
1781 * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1782 * reverse order than in packet)
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001783 * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001784 */
1785struct ieee80211_key_seq {
1786 union {
1787 struct {
1788 u32 iv32;
1789 u16 iv16;
1790 } tkip;
1791 struct {
1792 u8 pn[6];
1793 } ccmp;
1794 struct {
1795 u8 pn[6];
1796 } aes_cmac;
1797 struct {
1798 u8 pn[6];
1799 } aes_gmac;
1800 struct {
1801 u8 pn[6];
1802 } gcmp;
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001803 struct {
1804 u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
1805 u8 seq_len;
1806 } hw;
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001807 };
1808};
1809
1810/**
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02001811 * struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme
1812 *
1813 * This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining
1814 * the secure packet crypto handling.
1815 *
1816 * @cipher: a cipher suite selector
1817 * @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage
1818 * @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher
1819 * @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header
1820 * @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header
1821 * @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header
1822 * @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits
1823 * @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx
1824 * key_idx value calculation:
1825 * (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift
1826 * @mic_len: a mic length in bytes
1827 */
1828struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme {
1829 u32 cipher;
1830 u16 iftype;
1831 u8 hdr_len;
1832 u8 pn_len;
1833 u8 pn_off;
1834 u8 key_idx_off;
1835 u8 key_idx_mask;
1836 u8 key_idx_shift;
1837 u8 mic_len;
1838};
1839
1840/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001841 * enum set_key_cmd - key command
1842 *
1843 * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
1844 * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
1845 *
1846 * @SET_KEY: a key is set
1847 * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
1848 */
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04001849enum set_key_cmd {
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001850 SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04001851};
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001852
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02001853/**
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01001854 * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
1855 *
1856 * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
1857 * this is a special state for add/remove transitions
1858 * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
1859 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
1860 * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
1861 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
1862 */
1863enum ieee80211_sta_state {
1864 /* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
1865 IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
1866 IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
1867 IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
1868 IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
1869 IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
1870};
1871
1872/**
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001873 * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
1874 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
1875 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
1876 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
1877 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
1878 * (including 80+80 MHz)
1879 *
1880 * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
1881 * correctly, the values must be sorted.
1882 */
1883enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
1884 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
1885 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
1886 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
1887 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
1888};
1889
1890/**
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001891 * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
1892 *
1893 * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
Robert P. J. Day03f831a2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04001894 * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001895 * Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
1896 */
1897struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
1898 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
1899 struct {
1900 s8 idx;
1901 u8 count;
1902 u8 count_cts;
1903 u8 count_rts;
1904 u16 flags;
1905 } rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
1906};
1907
1908/**
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05301909 * struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
1910 *
1911 * Used to configure txpower for station.
1912 *
1913 * @power: indicates the tx power, in dBm, to be used when sending data frames
1914 * to the STA.
1915 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
1916 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
1917 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
1918 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
1919 * per peer TPC.
1920 */
1921struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr {
1922 s16 power;
1923 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
1924};
1925
1926/**
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001927 * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
1928 *
1929 * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
1930 * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
1931 * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
1932 * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
1933 * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01001934 * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001935 *
1936 * @addr: MAC address
1937 * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
Johannes Berg323ce792008-09-11 02:45:11 +02001938 * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band)
Johannes Berg55d942f2013-03-01 13:07:48 +01001939 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
1940 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001941 * @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA
Maxim Altshul480dd462016-08-22 17:14:04 +03001942 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
1943 * that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
1944 * Can be modified by driver.
Johannes Berg527871d2015-03-21 08:09:55 +01001945 * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
1946 * otherwise always false)
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001947 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001948 * sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
Eliad Peller910868d2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03001949 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
Emmanuel Grumbachf438ceb2016-10-18 23:12:12 +03001950 * if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
1951 * IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
Eliad Peller910868d2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03001952 * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001953 * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
Johannes Berg8921d042012-12-27 18:26:42 +01001954 * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
1955 * station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
1956 * notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
1957 * the station moves to associated state.
Johannes Bergaf0ed692013-02-12 14:21:00 +01001958 * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
Robert P. J. Day03f831a2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04001959 * @rates: rate control selection table
Arik Nemtsov0c4972c2014-05-01 10:17:27 +03001960 * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
Arik Nemtsov8b941482014-10-22 12:32:48 +03001961 * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
1962 * valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
Tamizh chelvam93f04902015-10-07 10:40:04 +05301963 * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02001964 * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
1965 * A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
1966 * unlimited.
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02001967 * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01001968 * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
Sara Sharonedba6bd2018-09-05 08:06:10 +03001969 * @max_tid_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes for this TID
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03001970 * @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction); note that
1971 * the last entry (%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) is used for non-data frames
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001972 */
1973struct ieee80211_sta {
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02001974 u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02001975 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
1976 u16 aid;
Johannes Bergd9fe60d2008-10-09 12:13:49 +02001977 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
Mahesh Palivela818255e2012-10-10 11:33:04 +00001978 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001979 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
1980 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
Arik Nemtsov39df6002011-06-27 23:58:45 +03001981 bool wme;
Eliad Peller9533b4a2011-08-23 14:37:47 +03001982 u8 uapsd_queues;
1983 u8 max_sp;
Johannes Berg8921d042012-12-27 18:26:42 +01001984 u8 rx_nss;
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001985 enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
Johannes Bergaf0ed692013-02-12 14:21:00 +01001986 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001987 struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
Arik Nemtsov0c4972c2014-05-01 10:17:27 +03001988 bool tdls;
Arik Nemtsov8b941482014-10-22 12:32:48 +03001989 bool tdls_initiator;
Tamizh chelvam93f04902015-10-07 10:40:04 +05301990 bool mfp;
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02001991 u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01001992
1993 /**
1994 * @max_amsdu_len:
1995 * indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes.
1996 * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble.
1997 * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
1998 *
1999 * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
2000 * A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
2001 * * If the skb is not part of a BA aggreement, the A-MSDU maximal
2002 * size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
2003 *
2004 * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level
2005 * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section
2006 * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
2007 */
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02002008 u16 max_amsdu_len;
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02002009 bool support_p2p_ps;
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002010 u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
Sara Sharonedba6bd2018-09-05 08:06:10 +03002011 u16 max_tid_amsdu_len[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS];
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05302012 struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr txpwr;
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002013
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002014 struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002015
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002016 /* must be last */
Johannes Berg1c06ef92012-12-28 12:22:02 +01002017 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002018};
2019
2020/**
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02002021 * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
2022 *
2023 * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
Sujith38a6cc72010-05-19 11:32:30 +05302024 * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02002025 *
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01002026 * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
2027 * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
2028 */
Christian Lamparter89fad572008-12-09 16:28:06 +01002029enum sta_notify_cmd {
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01002030 STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
2031};
2032
2033/**
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +02002034 * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
2035 *
2036 * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
2037 * it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
2038 */
2039struct ieee80211_tx_control {
2040 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2041};
2042
2043/**
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002044 * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
2045 *
2046 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
2047 * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002048 * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue),
2049 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS for non-data (if enabled)
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002050 * @ac: the AC for this queue
Johannes Bergf8bdbb52015-05-20 15:04:53 +02002051 * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002052 *
2053 * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
2054 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
2055 */
2056struct ieee80211_txq {
2057 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
2058 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2059 u8 tid;
2060 u8 ac;
2061
2062 /* must be last */
2063 u8 drv_priv[0] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
2064};
2065
2066/**
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002067 * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
2068 *
2069 * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
2070 * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
2071 * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
2072 * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
2073 * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
2074 *
Johannes Bergaf65cd962009-11-17 18:18:36 +01002075 * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
2076 * The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
2077 * controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
2078 * should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
2079 * will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
2080 * algorithm.
2081 * Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
2082 * callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
2083 * the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
2084 * @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
2085 * timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
2086 * CCK frames.
2087 *
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002088 * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
2089 * Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
2090 * the FCS at the end.
2091 *
2092 * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
2093 * Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
2094 * for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
2095 * rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
2096 * to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
2097 * multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
Luis R. Rodriguez546c80c92008-08-14 11:43:20 -07002098 * the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002099 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002100 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
2101 * Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
2102 * expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
2103 * If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
2104 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002105 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
2106 * Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
2107 * one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
2108 * between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
2109 *
Tomas Winkler06ff47b2008-06-18 17:53:44 +03002110 * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
2111 * Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
2112 * Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
Sujith8b30b1f2008-10-24 09:55:27 +05302113 *
2114 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
2115 * Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
Kalle Valo520eb822008-12-18 23:35:27 +02002116 *
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002117 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
2118 * Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
2119 *
2120 * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
2121 * Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
2122 * stack support for dynamic PS.
2123 *
2124 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
2125 * Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
Jouni Malinen4375d082009-01-08 13:32:11 +02002126 *
2127 * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
2128 * Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002129 *
Vivek Natarajan375177b2010-02-09 14:50:28 +05302130 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
2131 * Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
2132 * the stack.
2133 *
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02002134 * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002135 * The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
2136 * periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02002137 *
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +02002138 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
2139 * This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
2140 * dtim_period).
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02002141 *
2142 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
2143 * per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
2144 * the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
2145 * to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
2146 * possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
2147 * only in that case.
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02002148 *
2149 * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
2150 * autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
2151 * this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
2152 * stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
2153 * Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
2154 * the PS mode of connected stations.
Arik Nemtsovedf6b782011-08-30 09:32:38 +03002155 *
2156 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
2157 * setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
2158 * software.
Eliad Peller885bd8e2012-02-02 17:44:55 +02002159 *
Johannes Berg4b6f1dd2012-04-03 14:35:57 +02002160 * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
2161 * a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
2162 * active interfaces.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002163 *
Ben Greeare27513f2014-10-22 12:23:03 -07002164 * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
2165 * be created. It is expected user-space will create vifs as
2166 * desired (and thus have them named as desired).
2167 *
Johannes Bergfa7e1fb2015-01-22 18:44:19 +01002168 * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
2169 * crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
2170 * try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
2171 * the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
2172 * supported cipher suites.
2173 *
Johannes Berg17c18bf2015-03-21 15:25:43 +01002174 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
2175 * this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
2176 * for frames.
2177 *
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002178 * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
2179 * queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
2180 * for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
2181 * control for more details.
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02002182 *
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02002183 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
2184 * selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
2185 *
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02002186 * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
2187 * P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
2188 * is supported.
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +01002189 *
2190 * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
2191 * only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
Arik Nemtsov7578d572013-09-01 17:15:51 +03002192 *
Johannes Berg919be622013-10-14 10:05:16 +02002193 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
2194 * and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
2195 * using aggregation for such frames.)
2196 *
Arik Nemtsov7578d572013-09-01 17:15:51 +03002197 * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
2198 * for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
2199 * is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
2200 * CSA frame.
Luciano Coelho5d52ee82014-02-27 14:33:47 +02002201 *
Ido Yarivc70f59a2014-07-29 15:39:14 +03002202 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
2203 * or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
2204 *
Johannes Bergc526a462015-06-02 20:32:00 +02002205 * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02002206 * in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002207 *
Arik Nemtsovb98fb442015-06-10 20:42:59 +03002208 * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
2209 * than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
2210 *
Emmanuel Grumbach99e7ca42015-08-15 22:39:51 +03002211 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
2212 * within A-MPDU.
2213 *
Helmut Schaa35afa582015-09-09 09:46:32 +02002214 * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
2215 * for sent beacons.
2216 *
Johannes Berg31104892015-10-22 17:35:19 +02002217 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
2218 * station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
2219 * by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
2220 * from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
2221 *
Sara Sharon412a6d82015-12-08 19:09:05 +02002222 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
2223 * reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
2224 * order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
2225 * timeout.
2226 *
Johannes Bergc9c59622016-03-31 20:02:11 +03002227 * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
2228 * which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
2229 *
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002230 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
2231 * A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
2232 * When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
2233 * limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
2234 * max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
2235 *
2236 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
2237 * skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
2238 *
Rajkumar Manoharane8a24cd2016-09-14 12:48:32 +05302239 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
2240 * by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
2241 * drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
2242 * is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
2243 *
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03002244 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
2245 * The stack will not do fragmentation.
2246 * The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
2247 *
Yingying Tange2fb1b82017-10-24 16:51:10 +08002248 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on
2249 * TDLS links.
2250 *
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002251 * @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the
2252 * mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a
2253 * deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no
2254 * beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the
2255 * virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of
2256 * the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the
2257 * deauthentication frame might not be transmitted.
Randy Dunlapd1361b32018-04-26 18:17:31 -07002258 *
Ben Caradoc-Davies7c181f42018-03-19 12:57:44 +13002259 * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't
2260 * support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug.
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002261 *
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002262 * @IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ: use the TXQ for bufferable MMPDUs, this of
2263 * course requires the driver to use TXQs to start with.
2264 *
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03002265 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: (Hardware) rate control supports VHT
2266 * extended NSS BW (dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable). This flag will be set if
2267 * the selected rate control algorithm sets %RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW
2268 * but if the rate control is built-in then it must be set by the driver.
2269 * See also the documentation for that flag.
2270 *
Sara Sharon0eeb2b62018-09-05 08:06:09 +03002271 * @IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ: use the extra non-TID per-station TXQ for all
2272 * MMPDUs on station interfaces. This of course requires the driver to use
2273 * TXQs to start with.
2274 *
Felix Fietkau77f7ffd2019-01-16 22:32:12 +01002275 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN: Driver does not report accurate A-MPDU
2276 * length in tx status information
2277 *
Sara Sharoncaf56332019-01-16 23:03:25 +02002278 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
2279 *
2280 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
2281 * only for HE APs. Applies if @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID is set.
2282 *
Alexander Wetzeldc3998e2019-06-29 21:50:14 +02002283 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT: The card and driver is only
2284 * aggregating MPDUs with the same keyid, allowing mac80211 to keep Tx
2285 * A-MPDU sessions active while rekeying with Extended Key ID.
2286 *
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002287 * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002288 */
2289enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002290 IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
2291 IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
2292 IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
2293 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
2294 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
2295 IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
2296 IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
2297 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
2298 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
2299 IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
2300 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
2301 IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
2302 IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
2303 IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
2304 IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
2305 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
2306 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
2307 IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
2308 IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
2309 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
2310 IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
2311 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
2312 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
2313 IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
2314 IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
2315 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
2316 IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
2317 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
2318 IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
Arik Nemtsovb98fb442015-06-10 20:42:59 +03002319 IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
Emmanuel Grumbach99e7ca42015-08-15 22:39:51 +03002320 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
Helmut Schaa35afa582015-09-09 09:46:32 +02002321 IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
Johannes Berg31104892015-10-22 17:35:19 +02002322 IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
Sara Sharon412a6d82015-12-08 19:09:05 +02002323 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
Johannes Bergc9c59622016-03-31 20:02:11 +03002324 IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002325 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
2326 IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
Rajkumar Manoharane8a24cd2016-09-14 12:48:32 +05302327 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03002328 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
Yingying Tange2fb1b82017-10-24 16:51:10 +08002329 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA,
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002330 IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP,
Ben Caradoc-Davies7c181f42018-03-19 12:57:44 +13002331 IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP,
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002332 IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ,
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03002333 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW,
Sara Sharon0eeb2b62018-09-05 08:06:09 +03002334 IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ,
Felix Fietkau77f7ffd2019-01-16 22:32:12 +01002335 IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN,
Sara Sharoncaf56332019-01-16 23:03:25 +02002336 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID,
2337 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID,
Alexander Wetzeldc3998e2019-06-29 21:50:14 +02002338 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT,
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002339
2340 /* keep last, obviously */
2341 NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002342};
2343
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04002344/**
2345 * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002346 *
2347 * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
2348 * information for an 802.11 PHY.
2349 *
2350 * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
2351 * 802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
2352 * members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01002353 * and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
2354 * bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002355 *
2356 * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
2357 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002358 * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
2359 * along with this structure.
2360 *
2361 * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
2362 *
2363 * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
2364 * for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
2365 *
Felix Fietkau70dabeb2013-12-14 13:54:53 +01002366 * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
2367 * Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002368 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002369 * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002370 * only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002371 *
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002372 * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002373 * that HW supports
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002374 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002375 * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +02002376 * data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
2377 * queues need to have configurable access parameters.
2378 *
Johannes Berg830f9032007-10-28 14:51:05 +01002379 * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
2380 * If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
2381 * set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01002382 *
2383 * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2384 * within &struct ieee80211_vif.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002385 * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2386 * within &struct ieee80211_sta.
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02002387 * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2388 * within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002389 * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2390 * within @struct ieee80211_txq.
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02002391 *
Helmut Schaa78be49e2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02002392 * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
2393 * can handle.
2394 * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
2395 * the hw can report back.
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002396 * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04002397 *
Luciano Coelhodf6ba5d2011-01-12 15:26:30 +02002398 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
2399 * sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
2400 * aggregation.
2401 * This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
2402 * number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
2403 * it shouldn't be set.
Johannes Berg5dd36bc2011-01-18 13:52:23 +01002404 *
2405 * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002406 * aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll
2407 * advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if
2408 * the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N
2409 * with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012).
2410 * For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002411 *
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002412 * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
2413 * of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
2414 *
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002415 * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
2416 * (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002417 *
2418 * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
2419 * reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002420 * include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002421 * adding _BW is supported today.
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002422 *
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002423 * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
2424 * the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002425 * Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002426 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002427 * @radiotap_he: HE radiotap validity flags
2428 *
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002429 * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01002430 * @units_pos member is set to a non-negative value then the timestamp
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002431 * field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01002432 * device_timestamp.
2433 * @radiotap_timestamp.units_pos: Must be set to a combination of a
2434 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
2435 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value.
2436 * @radiotap_timestamp.accuracy: If non-negative, fills the accuracy in the
2437 * radiotap field and the accuracy known flag will be set.
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002438 *
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002439 * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
Johannes Berg680a0da2015-04-13 16:58:25 +02002440 * from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
2441 * other features will be rejected during HW registration.
Alexander Bondar219c3862013-01-22 16:52:23 +02002442 *
2443 * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
2444 * for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
2445 * enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
2446 * Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
2447 * that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
2448 * neither enabled.
2449 *
2450 * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
2451 * deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
2452 * Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02002453 *
2454 * @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions.
2455 * @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions
2456 * supported by HW.
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03002457 * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
2458 * device.
Wen Gong70e53662018-08-08 18:40:01 +08002459 *
2460 * @tx_sk_pacing_shift: Pacing shift to set on TCP sockets when frames from
2461 * them are encountered. The default should typically not be changed,
2462 * unless the driver has good reasons for needing more buffers.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002463 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensencb868802019-01-29 11:31:26 +01002464 * @weight_multiplier: Driver specific airtime weight multiplier used while
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002465 * refilling deficit of each TXQ.
Wen Gong06354662019-09-06 10:48:57 +08002466 *
2467 * @max_mtu: the max mtu could be set.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04002468 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002469struct ieee80211_hw {
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002470 struct ieee80211_conf conf;
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002471 struct wiphy *wiphy;
Johannes Berg830f9032007-10-28 14:51:05 +01002472 const char *rate_control_algorithm;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002473 void *priv;
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002474 unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002475 unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
Felix Fietkau70dabeb2013-12-14 13:54:53 +01002476 unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01002477 int vif_data_size;
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002478 int sta_data_size;
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02002479 int chanctx_data_size;
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002480 int txq_data_size;
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002481 u16 queues;
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002482 u16 max_listen_interval;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002483 s8 max_signal;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002484 u8 max_rates;
Helmut Schaa78be49e2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02002485 u8 max_report_rates;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002486 u8 max_rate_tries;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002487 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
2488 u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002489 u8 max_tx_fragments;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002490 u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002491 u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002492 u16 radiotap_vht_details;
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002493 struct {
2494 int units_pos;
2495 s16 accuracy;
2496 } radiotap_timestamp;
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002497 netdev_features_t netdev_features;
Alexander Bondar219c3862013-01-22 16:52:23 +02002498 u8 uapsd_queues;
2499 u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02002500 u8 n_cipher_schemes;
2501 const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes;
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03002502 u8 max_nan_de_entries;
Wen Gong70e53662018-08-08 18:40:01 +08002503 u8 tx_sk_pacing_shift;
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002504 u8 weight_multiplier;
Wen Gong06354662019-09-06 10:48:57 +08002505 u32 max_mtu;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002506};
2507
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002508static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2509 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2510{
2511 return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2512}
2513#define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2514
2515static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2516 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2517{
2518 return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2519}
2520#define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2521
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002522/**
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02002523 * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
2524 *
2525 * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
2526 * @req: cfg80211 request.
2527 */
2528struct ieee80211_scan_request {
2529 struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;
2530
2531 /* Keep last */
2532 struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
2533};
2534
2535/**
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02002536 * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
2537 *
2538 * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
2539 * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
2540 * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
2541 * @status: channel-switch response status
2542 * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
2543 * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2544 * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2545 * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
2546 * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
2547 */
2548struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
2549 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2550 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
2551 u8 action_code;
2552 u32 status;
2553 u32 timestamp;
2554 u16 switch_time;
2555 u16 switch_timeout;
2556 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
2557 u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
2558};
2559
2560/**
Luis R. Rodriguez9a953712009-01-22 15:05:53 -08002561 * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
2562 *
2563 * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
2564 *
2565 * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
2566 * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
2567 * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
2568 * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
2569 * is already used internally by mac80211.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01002570 *
2571 * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
Luis R. Rodriguez9a953712009-01-22 15:05:53 -08002572 */
2573struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2574
2575/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002576 * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
2577 *
2578 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
2579 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
2580 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002581static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
2582{
2583 set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
2584}
2585
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002586/**
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04002587 * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002588 *
2589 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
2590 * @addr: the address to set
2591 */
Bjorn Andersson538dc902015-12-24 00:33:26 -08002592static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002593{
2594 memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
2595}
2596
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002597static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2598ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002599 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002600{
Larry Fingeraa331df2012-04-06 16:35:53 -05002601 if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002602 return NULL;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002603 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002604}
2605
2606static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2607ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002608 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002609{
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002610 if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002611 return NULL;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002612 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002613}
2614
2615static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2616ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02002617 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002618{
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002619 if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002620 return NULL;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002621 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002622}
2623
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002624/**
Johannes Berg6096de72011-11-04 11:18:10 +01002625 * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
2626 * @hw: the hardware
2627 * @skb: the skb
2628 *
2629 * Free a transmit skb. Use this funtion when some failure
2630 * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
2631 */
2632void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
2633
2634/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002635 * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002636 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002637 * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
2638 * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
2639 *
2640 * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
2641 * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01002642 * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
2643 * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
2644 * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002645 * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
2646 * VLANs are configured for an access point.
2647 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002648 * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
2649 * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
2650 * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
2651 *
2652 * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
2653 * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
2654 * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
2655 * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
2656 *
Johannes Bergfa7e1fb2015-01-22 18:44:19 +01002657 * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
2658 * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
2659 * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
2660 * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
2661 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002662 * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
2663 *
2664 * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
2665 * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
2666 * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
2667 * based on the receive flags.
2668 *
2669 * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
2670 * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
2671 * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
2672 * keys.
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002673 *
2674 * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
2675 * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
2676 * handler.
2677 * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
Lucas De Marchi25985ed2011-03-30 22:57:33 -03002678 * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002679 * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
2680 * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04002681 * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002682 * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03002683 *
2684 * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
2685 * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
2686 * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
Alexander Wetzel62872a92018-08-31 15:00:38 +02002687 *
2688 * Mac80211 drivers should set the @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag
2689 * when they are able to replace in-use PTK keys according to to following
2690 * requirements:
2691 * 1) They do not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to
2692 mac80211 once the call to set_key() with command %DISABLE_KEY has been
2693 completed when also setting @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV for any key,
2694 2) either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames queued
2695 at the time of the key deletion (including re-transmits),
2696 3) never send out a frame queued prior to the set_key() %SET_KEY command
2697 encrypted with the new key and
2698 4) never send out a frame unencrypted when it should be encrypted.
2699 Mac80211 will not queue any new frames for a deleted key to the driver.
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002700 */
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002701
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002702/**
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002703 * DOC: Powersave support
2704 *
2705 * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
2706 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002707 * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
2708 * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
2709 * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
2710 * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
2711 * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
2712 * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
2713 * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
2714 * it finds traffic directed to it.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002715 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002716 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
2717 * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
2718 * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
Bob Copeland2738bd62010-08-21 16:39:01 -04002719 * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
2720 * back to sleep at appropriate times.
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002721 *
2722 * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
2723 * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
2724 * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002725 *
2726 * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
2727 * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
2728 * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
2729 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002730 * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
2731 * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002732 * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002733 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002734 * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
2735 * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
2736 * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
2737 * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
2738 * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
2739 * periods.
2740 *
Bob Copeland2738bd62010-08-21 16:39:01 -04002741 * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002742 * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
2743 * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
2744 * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
2745 * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
2746 * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
2747 * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
2748 * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
2749 * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
2750 * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
2751 *
2752 * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01002753 * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09002754 * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002755 * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
2756 * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
2757 * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
2758 *
2759 * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
2760 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002761 */
2762
2763/**
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002764 * DOC: Beacon filter support
2765 *
2766 * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
Justin P. Mattock42b2aa82011-11-28 20:31:00 -08002767 * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002768 * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
2769 * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
2770 * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
2771 * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
2772 * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
2773 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01002774 * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
2775 * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002776 * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
2777 * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
2778 * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
2779 *
2780 * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
2781 * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
2782 * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
2783 * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
2784 *
2785 * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
2786 * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
2787 * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
2788 * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002789 *
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002790 * - a list of information element IDs
2791 * - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
2792 *
2793 * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
2794 * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
2795 * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
2796 * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
2797 * vendor information elements.
2798 *
2799 * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
2800 * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
2801 *
2802 * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
2803 * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
2804 * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
2805 * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
2806 * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
2807 * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
2808 *
2809 *
2810 * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
2811 * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
2812 * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
2813 * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
2814 * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
2815 * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
2816 * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
2817 * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
2818 *
2819 * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
2820 * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
2821 * signal strength threshold checking.
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002822 */
2823
2824/**
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01002825 * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
2826 *
2827 * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
2828 * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
2829 * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
2830 * "11.2.3 SM power save".
2831 *
2832 * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
2833 * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
2834 * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
2835 * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
2836 * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
2837 * hardware flags.
2838 *
2839 * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
2840 * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
2841 * turned off otherwise.
2842 *
2843 * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
2844 * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
2845 * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
2846 * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
2847 */
2848
2849/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002850 * DOC: Frame filtering
2851 *
2852 * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
2853 * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
2854 * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
2855 * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
2856 * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
2857 *
2858 * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
2859 * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
2860 * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
2861 *
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02002862 * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
2863 * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
2864 * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
2865 * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
2866 * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
2867 * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
2868 * @total_flags with the new flag states.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002869 *
2870 * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
2871 * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
2872 * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
2873 * or dropped.
2874 *
Michael Bueschd0f5afb2008-02-12 20:12:45 +01002875 * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
2876 * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
2877 * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
2878 * the flag, but not clear it.
2879 * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
2880 * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
2881 * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
2882 * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
2883 * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
2884 * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
2885 * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
2886 * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002887 */
2888
2889/**
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002890 * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
2891 *
2892 * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
2893 * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
2894 * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
2895 *
2896 * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
2897 * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
2898 * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
2899 * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
2900 * the driver code.
2901 *
2902 * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
2903 * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
2904 * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
2905 * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
2906 * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
2907 * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
2908 * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
2909 *
2910 * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
2911 * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
2912 * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
2913 * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
2914 * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
2915 * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
2916 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
2917 * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
2918 * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
2919 * @sta_notify callback.
2920 *
2921 * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
2922 * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
2923 * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
2924 * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
2925 * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
2926 * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
2927 * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01002928 * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002929 * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
2930 * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
2931 * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
2932 * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
2933 * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
2934 * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
2935 *
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01002936 * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
2937 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
2938 *
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002939 * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
2940 * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
2941 * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
2942 * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
2943 * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
2944 * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
2945 * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
2946 * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
2947 * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
2948 * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
2949 * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
2950 *
2951 * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
2952 * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
2953 * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
2954 * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
2955 * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
2956 * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
2957 * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
2958 * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
2959 * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
2960 * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09002961 * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002962 * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
2963 * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
2964 * buffers for those TIDs contain.
2965 *
2966 * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
2967 * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
2968 * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
2969 * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
2970 * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01002971 * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002972 * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
2973 *
2974 * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
2975 * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
2976 * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
2977 * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01002978 * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
Johannes Bergb77cf4f2014-01-09 00:00:38 +01002979 *
2980 * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
2981 * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
2982 * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
2983 * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02002984 */
2985
2986/**
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002987 * DOC: HW queue control
2988 *
2989 * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
2990 * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
2991 * was problematic for a few reasons:
2992 * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
2993 * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
2994 * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
2995 *
2996 * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
2997 * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
2998 * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
2999 *
3000 * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
3001 * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
3002 * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
3003 * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
3004 * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
3005 * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
3006 * the hardware queue.
3007 * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
3008 * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
3009 *
3010 * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
3011 * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
3012 * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
3013 * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
3014 * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
3015 *
3016 * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
3017 * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
3018 * after-DTIM queue for AP: 8
3019 * off-channel queue: 9
3020 *
3021 * It would then set up the hardware like this:
3022 * hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
3023 *
3024 * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
3025 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
3026 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
3027 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
3028 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
3029 * vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
3030 * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
3031 *
3032 * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
3033 * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
3034 *
3035 * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
3036 * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
3037 * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
3038 * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
3039 */
3040
3041/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003042 * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
3043 *
3044 * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
3045 * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
3046 * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
3047 * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
3048 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003049 * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
3050 * by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
3051 * multicast address.
3052 *
3053 * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
3054 * %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
3055 *
3056 * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
3057 * the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
3058 *
3059 * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
3060 * to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
3061 * by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
3062 * mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
3063 * honour this flag if possible.
3064 *
Johannes Bergdf140462015-04-22 14:40:58 +02003065 * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
3066 * station
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003067 *
3068 * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04003069 *
Jakub Kicinskic2d39552015-06-02 21:10:13 +02003070 * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02003071 *
3072 * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003073 */
3074enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003075 FIF_ALLMULTI = 1<<1,
3076 FIF_FCSFAIL = 1<<2,
3077 FIF_PLCPFAIL = 1<<3,
3078 FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4,
3079 FIF_CONTROL = 1<<5,
3080 FIF_OTHER_BSS = 1<<6,
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04003081 FIF_PSPOLL = 1<<7,
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02003082 FIF_PROBE_REQ = 1<<8,
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003083};
3084
3085/**
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003086 * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
3087 *
3088 * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
3089 * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
Johannes Berg827d42c2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01003090 *
3091 * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
3092 * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02003093 * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
Johannes Berg827d42c2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01003094 * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
3095 *
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003096 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
3097 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02003098 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation, the driver must either
3099 * call ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() or return the special
3100 * status %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE.
Johannes Bergb1720232009-03-23 17:28:39 +01003101 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003102 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
3103 * queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
3104 * driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
3105 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
3106 * called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
3107 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
3108 * session is gone and removes the station.
3109 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
3110 * but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
3111 * now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
3112 * should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003113 */
3114enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
3115 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
3116 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003117 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003118 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
3119 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
3120 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
Johannes Bergb1720232009-03-23 17:28:39 +01003121 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003122};
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003123
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02003124#define IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE 1
3125
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003126/**
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003127 * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
3128 *
3129 * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3130 * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
3131 * @tid: tid of the BA session
3132 * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
3133 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
3134 * actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
3135 * @buf_size: reorder buffer size (number of subframes). Valid only when the
3136 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
3137 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3138 * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
3139 * valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3140 * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
3141 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
3142 */
3143struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
3144 enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
3145 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
3146 u16 tid;
3147 u16 ssn;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03003148 u16 buf_size;
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003149 bool amsdu;
3150 u16 timeout;
3151};
3152
3153/**
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003154 * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
3155 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003156 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
3157 * frame received on trigger-enabled AC
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003158 */
3159enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
3160 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003161 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003162};
3163
3164/**
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003165 * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
3166 *
3167 * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01003168 * to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
3169 * information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
3170 * flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003171 * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
Antonio Quartullie687f612012-08-12 18:24:55 +02003172 * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
3173 * changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
3174 * the peer.
Johannes Berg0af83d32012-12-27 18:55:36 +01003175 * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
3176 * by the peer
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003177 */
3178enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
3179 IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
3180 IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED = BIT(1),
Antonio Quartullie687f612012-08-12 18:24:55 +02003181 IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg0af83d32012-12-27 18:55:36 +01003182 IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED = BIT(3),
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003183};
3184
3185/**
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003186 * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
3187 *
3188 * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
3189 * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
3190 * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vise versa).
3191 * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
3192 * operations compared to other operations/flows.
3193 *
3194 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
3195 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
3196 * for sending managment frames offchannel.
3197 */
3198enum ieee80211_roc_type {
3199 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
3200 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
3201};
3202
3203/**
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003204 * enum ieee80211_reconfig_complete_type - reconfig type
3205 *
3206 * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
3207 * reconfiguration type was completed.
3208 *
3209 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
3210 * (also due to resume() callback returning 1)
3211 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
3212 * of wowlan configuration)
3213 */
3214enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
3215 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
3216 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
3217};
3218
3219/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003220 * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
3221 *
3222 * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
3223 * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
3224 * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
3225 *
3226 * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
3227 * skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
3228 * The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
Johannes Bergeefce912008-05-17 00:57:13 +02003229 * configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
Johannes Berg11127e92011-11-16 16:02:47 +01003230 * preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
Johannes Berg11127e92011-11-16 16:02:47 +01003231 * Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003232 *
3233 * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
3234 * is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
3235 * frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
3236 * Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
3237 * or zero.
3238 * When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
3239 * to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
3240 * is added.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003241 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003242 *
3243 * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
3244 * is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
3245 * it must turn off frame reception.)
3246 * May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04003247 * an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
3248 * you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003249 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003250 *
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003251 * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
3252 * stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
3253 * ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
3254 * configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
3255 * reconfigured at resume time.
Johannes Berg2b4562d2011-07-02 00:02:01 +02003256 * The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
3257 * wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
3258 * supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
3259 * must return 1 from this function.
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003260 *
3261 * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
3262 * now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
3263 * functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
3264 * to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
3265 * will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
3266 *
Johannes Bergd13e1412012-06-09 10:31:09 +02003267 * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
3268 * modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
3269 * supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
3270 * in suspend().
3271 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003272 * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04003273 * enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003274 * and @stop must be implemented.
3275 * The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
3276 * the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
3277 * interface is given in the conf parameter.
3278 * The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
3279 * negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003280 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003281 *
Johannes Berg34d4bc42010-08-27 12:35:58 +02003282 * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
3283 * is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
3284 * switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
3285 * Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
3286 * found by the interface iteration callbacks.
3287 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003288 * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
3289 * The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
3290 * and no monitor interfaces are present.
3291 * When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
3292 * must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
3293 * the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
3294 * MAC address of the device going away.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003295 * Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003296 *
3297 * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
3298 * function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003299 * This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003300 * if it does. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003301 *
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003302 * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
3303 * parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
3304 * level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
3305 * This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
3306 * for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003307 * of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
3308 * can sleep.
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003309 *
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003310 * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
3311 * This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
3312 * to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
3313 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003314 * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
3315 * See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003316 * This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003317 *
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03003318 * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
3319 * This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
3320 * should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
3321 * of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
3322 * which flags are changed.
3323 * This callback can sleep.
3324 *
Luis R. Rodriguez546c80c92008-08-14 11:43:20 -07003325 * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003326 * must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003327 *
3328 * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003329 * This callback is only called between add_interface and
3330 * remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01003331 * is enabled.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003332 * Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003333 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003334 *
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003335 * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
3336 * This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
3337 * which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
Kalle Valoeb807fb2010-01-24 14:55:12 +02003338 * The callback must be atomic.
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003339 *
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02003340 * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
3341 * host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
3342 * necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
3343 * After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
3344 * userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
3345 *
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03003346 * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
3347 * WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
3348 * offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
3349 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003350 * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01003351 * the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
Kalle Valo9050bdd2009-03-22 21:57:21 +02003352 * configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
3353 * registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
Johannes Bergde95a54b2009-04-01 11:58:36 +02003354 * that power save is disabled.
3355 * The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
3356 * entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
3357 * at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
3358 * (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
3359 * When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
3360 * note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
3361 * any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
Johannes Berge9da68d2018-10-18 10:35:47 +02003362 * This callback is also allowed to return the special return value 1,
3363 * this indicates that hardware scan isn't desirable right now and a
3364 * software scan should be done instead. A driver wishing to use this
3365 * capability must ensure its (hardware) scan capabilities aren't
3366 * advertised as more capable than mac80211's software scan is.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003367 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003368 *
Eliad Pellerb8564392011-06-13 12:47:30 +03003369 * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
3370 * The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
3371 * but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
3372 * ieee80211_scan_completed().
3373 * This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
3374 * scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
3375 * The callback can sleep.
3376 *
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003377 * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
3378 * specific intervals. The driver must call the
3379 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
3380 * This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
3381 *
3382 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
Johannes Berg37e33082014-02-17 10:48:17 +01003383 * In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003384 *
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003385 * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
3386 * is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02003387 * The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
3388 * the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
3389 * can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003390 *
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003391 * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
3392 * software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
3393 * this notification.
3394 * The callback can sleep.
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003395 *
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003396 * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
3397 * Returns zero if statistics are available.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003398 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003399 *
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02003400 * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
3401 * IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
3402 * IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003403 * The callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003404 *
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003405 * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03003406 * if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
3407 * stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
3408 * should be set as well.
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003409 * The callback can sleep.
3410 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003411 * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003412 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003413 *
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003414 * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
3415 * AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
3416 *
3417 * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003418 * station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
3419 * returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
3420 * no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
3421 * the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3422 * This callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003423 *
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303424 * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
3425 * when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
Johannes Bergc7e9dbc2016-09-14 10:03:00 +02003426 * should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
3427 * callback can sleep.
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303428 *
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003429 * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02003430 * associated station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
3431 * in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
3432 * %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01003433 *
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003434 * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
3435 * station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
3436 * This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
3437 * It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003438 * up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
3439 * isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
3440 * period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
3441 * See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3442 * The callback can sleep.
3443 *
3444 * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
3445 * synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
3446 * pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
3447 * the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
3448 * in @sta_state.
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003449 * The callback can sleep.
3450 *
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003451 * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
3452 * used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
3453 * from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
3454 * in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
3455 * uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
3456 * otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
3457 * Must be atomic.
Johannes Bergf815e2b2014-11-19 00:10:42 +01003458 * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
3459 * is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
3460 * the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003461 *
Johannes Berg2b9a7e12014-11-17 11:35:23 +01003462 * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
3463 * filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
3464 * let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
3465 * the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
3466 * all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
3467 * Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
3468 * The callback can sleep.
3469 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003470 * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
Johannes Bergfe3fa822008-09-08 11:05:09 +02003471 * bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003472 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003473 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003474 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003475 * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
Alina Friedrichsen3b5d6652009-01-24 07:09:59 +01003476 * this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
Alina Friedrichsen7b08b3b2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01003477 * required function.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003478 * The callback can sleep.
Alina Friedrichsen3b5d6652009-01-24 07:09:59 +01003479 *
3480 * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02003481 * Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
Alina Friedrichsen7b08b3b2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01003482 * required function.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003483 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003484 *
Pedersen, Thomas354d3812016-09-28 16:56:28 -07003485 * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
3486 * firmware/hardware. Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
3487 * calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
3488 * as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
3489 * The callback can sleep.
3490 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003491 * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
3492 * with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
3493 * function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
3494 * TSF synchronization.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003495 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003496 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003497 * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
3498 * This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
3499 * used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003500 * Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003501 * The callback can sleep.
Ron Rindjunskyd3c990f2007-11-26 16:14:34 +02003502 *
Randy Dunlap4e8998f2010-05-21 11:28:33 -07003503 * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
3504 *
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02003505 * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
3506 * need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
3507 * and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003508 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003509 *
Lukáš Turek310bc672009-12-21 22:50:48 +01003510 * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
3511 * in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
Lorenzo Bianconia4bcaf52014-09-04 23:57:41 +02003512 * accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
3513 * estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
3514 * coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
Lukáš Turek310bc672009-12-21 22:50:48 +01003515 *
David Spinadel52981cd2013-07-31 18:06:22 +03003516 * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
3517 * be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
Wey-Yi Guy71063f02011-05-20 09:05:54 -07003518 * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berga80f7c02009-12-23 13:15:32 +01003519 *
3520 * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
Johannes Berg39ecc012013-02-13 12:11:00 +01003521 * that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
3522 * of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
3523 * use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
3524 * If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
Emmanuel Grumbach77be2c52014-03-27 11:30:29 +02003525 * Note that vif can be NULL.
Johannes Berg39ecc012013-02-13 12:11:00 +01003526 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003527 *
3528 * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
3529 * switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
3530 * callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
3531 * completion of the channel switch.
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04003532 *
Bruno Randolf79b1c462010-11-24 14:34:41 +09003533 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3534 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3535 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3536 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3537 *
3538 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
Johannes Berg4976b4e2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01003539 *
3540 * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
3541 * call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
3542 * that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
3543 * offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
3544 * normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
3545 * duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
Johannes Berg196ac1c2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02003546 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
Johannes Berg196ac1c2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02003547 * Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
3548 * must be accepted in this case.
3549 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg4976b4e2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01003550 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
3551 * aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
John W. Linville38c09152011-03-07 16:19:18 -05003552 *
3553 * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
3554 *
3555 * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
Vivek Natarajane8306f92011-04-06 11:41:10 +05303556 *
3557 * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
3558 * queues before entering power save.
Sujith Manoharanbdbfd6b2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05303559 *
3560 * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
3561 * when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
3562 * The callback can sleep.
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +02003563 * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
3564 * &enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +03003565 * The callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003566 *
3567 * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
3568 * parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
3569 * sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
3570 * to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09003571 * Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003572 * if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
3573 * the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
3574 * the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
3575 * more-data bit must always be set.
3576 * The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
3577 * from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
Johannes Bergdeeaee192011-09-29 16:04:35 +02003578 * In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
3579 * @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
3580 * this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3581 * on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
3582 * period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
3583 * responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003584 * In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
3585 * bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
3586 * at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003587 * setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
3588 * service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003589 * on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003590 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003591 * This callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003592 * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
3593 * to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
3594 * via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01003595 * released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003596 * and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
3597 * frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
3598 * them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3599 * on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003600 * bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003601 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003602 * The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
3603 * frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
3604 * This callback must be atomic.
Ben Greeare3521142012-04-23 12:50:31 -07003605 *
3606 * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count.
3607 *
3608 * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
3609 *
3610 * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
3611 * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
3612 *
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003613 * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
3614 * before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
3615 * bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
3616 * yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
3617 * transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
3618 * powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
3619 * management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
3620 * driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
3621 * and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02003622 * For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211
3623 * would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication
3624 * frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO.
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003625 * The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
3626 * mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
Ilan Peerd4e36e52018-04-20 13:49:25 +03003627 * If duration is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the driver the
3628 * duration for which the operation is requested.
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003629 * The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003630 *
Arik Nemtsovee10f2c2014-06-11 17:18:27 +03003631 * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
3632 * a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
3633 * channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
3634 * setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
3635 * mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
3636 * discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
3637 * 2 * (DTIM period).
3638 * The callback is optional and can sleep.
3639 *
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003640 * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303641 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003642 * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303643 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003644 * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
3645 * may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
3646 * channel context with different settings
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303647 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003648 * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
3649 * to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303650 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003651 * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
3652 * unbound from vif.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303653 * This callback may sleep.
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003654 * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
3655 * another, as specified in the list of
3656 * @ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
3657 * to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303658 * This callback may sleep.
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003659 *
Johannes Berg10416382012-10-19 15:44:42 +02003660 * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
3661 * information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
3662 * context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
3663 * software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
3664 * just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
3665 * disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
3666 * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
Johannes Berg9214ad72012-11-06 19:18:13 +01003667 *
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003668 * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
3669 * during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
3670 * This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
3671 * indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
3672 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg8f21b0a2013-01-11 00:28:01 +01003673 *
Johannes Berga65240c2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01003674 * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
3675 * Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
3676 * This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003677 *
3678 * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
3679 * Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
3680 * function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003681 * decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003682 * ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
3683 * get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003684 * 1 using ieee80211_csa_is_complete() after the beacon has been
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003685 * transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003686 * If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
3687 * since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003688 * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3689 * before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
Masahiro Yamada9332ef92017-02-27 14:28:47 -08003690 * gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003691 * the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03003692 * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3693 * after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
3694 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
Sara Sharonb9cc81d2019-02-06 13:17:10 +02003695 * @abort_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3696 * when channel switch procedure was completed, allowing the
3697 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
Sara Sharonfafd2bc2019-02-06 13:17:15 +02003698 * @channel_switch_rx_beacon: This is an optional callback that is called
3699 * when channel switch procedure is in progress and additional beacon with
3700 * CSA IE was received, allowing driver to track changes in count.
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02003701 * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
3702 * information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
3703 * channel context is bound before this is called.
3704 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
Antonio Quartullicca674d2014-05-19 21:53:20 +02003705 *
3706 * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
3707 * specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
3708 * if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
Felix Fietkau5b3dc422014-10-26 00:32:53 +02003709 *
3710 * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
3711 * and hardware limits.
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02003712 *
3713 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3714 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3715 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
3716 * driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
3717 * the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
3718 * The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
3719 * optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
3720 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3721 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02003722 * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
3723 * response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
3724 * parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
3725 * an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
3726 * response template is provided, together with the location of the
3727 * switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
3728 * the function call.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01003729 *
3730 * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
Sara Sharonf59374e2016-03-02 23:46:14 +02003731 * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
3732 * synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
3733 * pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
3734 * currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
Ayala Beker708d50e2016-09-20 17:31:14 +03003735 *
3736 * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
3737 * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
Ayala Beker5953ff62016-09-20 17:31:19 +03003738 * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
3739 * contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
3740 * are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
3741 * The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
3742 * some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
3743 * changed parameters.
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03003744 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
3745 * cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
3746 * this call.
3747 * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
3748 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
3749 * NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
Sara Sharon9739fe22018-09-05 08:06:11 +03003750 * @can_aggregate_in_amsdu: Called in order to determine if HW supports
3751 * aggregating two specific frames in the same A-MSDU. The relation
3752 * between the skbs should be symmetric and transitive. Note that while
3753 * skb is always a real frame, head may or may not be an A-MSDU.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -07003754 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3755 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
Johannes Bergcee70132018-10-16 11:24:47 +02003756 *
3757 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) (this call can sleep)
3758 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement (this call can sleep)
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003759 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003760struct ieee80211_ops {
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +02003761 void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3762 struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
3763 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003764 int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003765 void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003766#ifdef CONFIG_PM
3767 int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
3768 int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg6d525632012-04-04 15:05:25 +02003769 void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003770#endif
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003771 int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003772 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berg34d4bc42010-08-27 12:35:58 +02003773 int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3774 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02003775 enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003776 void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003777 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02003778 int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003779 void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3780 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3781 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
3782 u32 changed);
Johannes Bergb2abb6e2011-07-19 10:39:53 +02003783
Johannes Berg10416382012-10-19 15:44:42 +02003784 int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3785 void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3786
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003787 u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Jiri Pirko22bedad32010-04-01 21:22:57 +00003788 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003789 void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3790 unsigned int changed_flags,
3791 unsigned int *total_flags,
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003792 u64 multicast);
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03003793 void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3794 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3795 unsigned int filter_flags,
3796 unsigned int changed_flags);
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003797 int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3798 bool set);
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04003799 int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01003800 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04003801 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003802 void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Bergb3fbdcf2010-01-21 11:40:47 +01003803 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3804 struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
3805 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3806 u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02003807 void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3808 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3809 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03003810 void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3811 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
Johannes Berga060bbf2010-04-27 11:59:34 +02003812 int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02003813 struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
Eliad Pellerb8564392011-06-13 12:47:30 +03003814 void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3815 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003816 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3817 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3818 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
David Spinadel633e2712014-02-06 16:15:23 +02003819 struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
Johannes Berg37e33082014-02-17 10:48:17 +01003820 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003821 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02003822 void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3823 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3824 const u8 *mac_addr);
3825 void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3826 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003827 int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3828 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02003829 void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3830 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
3831 struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003832 int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003833 int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003834 int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3835 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3836 int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3837 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303838#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
3839 void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3840 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3841 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3842 struct dentry *dir);
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303843#endif
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01003844 void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003845 enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05303846 int (*sta_set_txpwr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3847 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3848 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003849 int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3850 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3851 enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
3852 enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003853 void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3854 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3855 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003856 void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3857 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3858 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3859 u32 changed);
Johannes Bergf815e2b2014-11-19 00:10:42 +01003860 void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3861 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3862 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Berg2b9a7e12014-11-17 11:35:23 +01003863 void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3864 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3865 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3866 struct station_info *sinfo);
Eliad Peller8a3a3c82011-10-02 10:15:52 +02003867 int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berga3304b02012-03-28 11:04:24 +02003868 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003869 const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
Eliad Peller37a41b42011-09-21 14:06:11 +03003870 u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3871 void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3872 u64 tsf);
Pedersen, Thomas354d3812016-09-28 16:56:28 -07003873 void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3874 s64 offset);
Eliad Peller37a41b42011-09-21 14:06:11 +03003875 void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003876 int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01003877
3878 /**
3879 * @ampdu_action:
3880 * Perform a certain A-MPDU action.
3881 * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
3882 * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
3883 * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3884 * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
3885 * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
3886 * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
3887 * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
3888 * possible with a buf_size of 8:
3889 *
3890 * - ``TX: 1.....7``
3891 * - ``RX: 2....7`` (lost frame #1)
3892 * - ``TX: 8..1...``
3893 *
3894 * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
3895 * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
3896 *
3897 * - ``TX: 1 or``
3898 * - ``TX: 18 or``
3899 * - ``TX: 81``
3900 *
3901 * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
3902 *
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02003903 * Returns a negative error code on failure. The driver may return
3904 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE for %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START
3905 * if the session can start immediately.
3906 *
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01003907 * The callback can sleep.
3908 */
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003909 int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01003910 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003911 struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
Holger Schurig12897232010-04-19 10:23:57 +02003912 int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
3913 struct survey_info *survey);
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02003914 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Lorenzo Bianconia4bcaf52014-09-04 23:57:41 +02003915 void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003916#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
David Spinadel52981cd2013-07-31 18:06:22 +03003917 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3918 void *data, int len);
Wey-Yi Guy71063f02011-05-20 09:05:54 -07003919 int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
3920 struct netlink_callback *cb,
3921 void *data, int len);
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003922#endif
Emmanuel Grumbach77be2c52014-03-27 11:30:29 +02003923 void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3924 u32 queues, bool drop);
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003925 void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Luciano Coelho0f791eb42014-10-08 09:48:40 +03003926 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003927 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Bruno Randolf15d96752010-11-10 12:50:56 +09003928 int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
3929 int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01003930
3931 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Eliad Peller49884562012-11-19 17:05:09 +02003932 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01003933 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003934 int duration,
3935 enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
Emmanuel Grumbach5db4c4b2019-07-23 21:00:01 +03003936 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3937 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
John W. Linville38c09152011-03-07 16:19:18 -05003938 int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
3939 void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3940 u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
Vivek Natarajane8306f92011-04-06 11:41:10 +05303941 bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Sujith Manoharanbdbfd6b2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05303942 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3943 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +02003944 void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3945 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3946 const struct ieee80211_event *event);
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003947
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003948 void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3949 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3950 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3951 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3952 bool more_data);
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003953 void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3954 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3955 u16 tids, int num_frames,
3956 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
3957 bool more_data);
Ben Greeare3521142012-04-23 12:50:31 -07003958
3959 int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3960 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
3961 void (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3962 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3963 struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
3964 void (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3965 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3966 u32 sset, u8 *data);
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003967
3968 void (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Ilan Peerd4e36e52018-04-20 13:49:25 +03003969 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3970 u16 duration);
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003971
Arik Nemtsovee10f2c2014-06-11 17:18:27 +03003972 void (*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3973 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3974
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003975 int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3976 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3977 void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3978 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3979 void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3980 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
3981 u32 changed);
3982 int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3983 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3984 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
3985 void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3986 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3987 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003988 int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3989 struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
3990 int n_vifs,
3991 enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
Johannes Berg9214ad72012-11-06 19:18:13 +01003992
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003993 void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3994 enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
Johannes Berga65240c2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01003995
3996#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
3997 void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3998 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3999 struct inet6_dev *idev);
4000#endif
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004001 void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4002 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4003 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03004004 int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4005 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4006 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02004007
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03004008 int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4009 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Sara Sharonb9cc81d2019-02-06 13:17:10 +02004010 void (*abort_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4011 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Sara Sharonfafd2bc2019-02-06 13:17:15 +02004012 void (*channel_switch_rx_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4013 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4014 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03004015
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02004016 int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4017 void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Maxim Altshul2439ca02016-08-04 15:43:04 +03004018 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4019 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Felix Fietkau5b3dc422014-10-26 00:32:53 +02004020 int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4021 int *dbm);
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02004022
4023 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4024 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4025 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
4026 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02004027 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02004028 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4029 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4030 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02004031 void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4032 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4033 struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01004034
Johannes Berge7881bd52017-12-19 10:11:54 +01004035 void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4036 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
Sara Sharonf59374e2016-03-02 23:46:14 +02004037 void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Ayala Beker708d50e2016-09-20 17:31:14 +03004038
4039 int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4040 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4041 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
4042 int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4043 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Ayala Beker5953ff62016-09-20 17:31:19 +03004044 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4045 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4046 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03004047 int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4048 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4049 const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
4050 void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4051 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4052 u8 instance_id);
Sara Sharon9739fe22018-09-05 08:06:11 +03004053 bool (*can_aggregate_in_amsdu)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4054 struct sk_buff *head,
4055 struct sk_buff *skb);
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -07004056 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4057 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4058 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
Johannes Bergcee70132018-10-16 11:24:47 +02004059 int (*start_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4060 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4061 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4062 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004063};
4064
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004065/**
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004066 * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
4067 *
4068 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
4069 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
4070 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
4071 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
4072 * @priv_data_len.
4073 *
4074 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
4075 * @ops: callbacks for this device
4076 * @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
4077 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
4078 *
4079 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
4080 */
4081struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
4082 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
4083 const char *requested_name);
4084
4085/**
4086 * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004087 *
4088 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
4089 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
4090 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
4091 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
4092 * @priv_data_len.
4093 *
4094 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
4095 * @ops: callbacks for this device
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004096 *
4097 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004098 */
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004099static inline
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004100struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004101 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
4102{
4103 return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
4104}
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004105
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004106/**
4107 * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
4108 *
Johannes Bergdbbea672008-02-26 14:34:06 +01004109 * You must call this function before any other functions in
4110 * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
4111 * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004112 *
4113 * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004114 *
4115 * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004116 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004117int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4118
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004119/**
4120 * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
4121 * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
4122 * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
4123 * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
4124 */
4125struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
4126 int throughput;
4127 int blink_time;
4128};
4129
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004130/**
4131 * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
4132 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
4133 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
4134 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
4135 * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
4136 */
4137enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
4138 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0),
4139 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1),
4140 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2),
4141};
4142
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004143#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004144const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4145const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4146const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4147const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4148const char *
4149__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4150 unsigned int flags,
4151 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4152 unsigned int blink_table_len);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004153#endif
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004154/**
4155 * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
4156 *
4157 * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4158 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4159 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4160 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4161 *
4162 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004163 *
4164 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004165 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004166static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004167{
4168#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4169 return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
4170#else
4171 return NULL;
4172#endif
4173}
4174
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004175/**
4176 * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
4177 *
4178 * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4179 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4180 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4181 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4182 *
4183 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004184 *
4185 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004186 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004187static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004188{
4189#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4190 return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
4191#else
4192 return NULL;
4193#endif
4194}
4195
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004196/**
4197 * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
4198 *
4199 * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4200 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4201 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4202 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4203 *
4204 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004205 *
4206 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004207 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004208static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02004209{
4210#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4211 return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
4212#else
4213 return NULL;
4214#endif
4215}
4216
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004217/**
4218 * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
4219 *
4220 * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4221 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4222 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4223 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4224 *
4225 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004226 *
4227 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004228 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004229static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004230{
4231#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4232 return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
4233#else
4234 return NULL;
4235#endif
4236}
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02004237
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004238/**
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004239 * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
4240 * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004241 * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004242 * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
4243 * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
4244 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004245 * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
4246 * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
4247 *
4248 * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004249 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004250static inline const char *
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004251ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004252 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4253 unsigned int blink_table_len)
4254{
4255#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004256 return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004257 blink_table_len);
4258#else
4259 return NULL;
4260#endif
4261}
4262
4263/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004264 * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
4265 *
4266 * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
4267 * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
4268 *
4269 * @hw: the hardware to unregister
4270 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004271void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4272
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004273/**
4274 * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
4275 *
4276 * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
4277 * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07004278 * before calling this function.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004279 *
4280 * @hw: the hardware to free
4281 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004282void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4283
Johannes Bergf2753dd2009-04-14 10:09:24 +02004284/**
4285 * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
4286 *
4287 * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
4288 * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
4289 * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
4290 * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
4291 * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
4292 * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
4293 *
4294 * @hw: the hardware to restart
4295 */
4296void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4297
Johannes Berg06d181a2014-02-04 20:51:09 +01004298/**
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004299 * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004300 *
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004301 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
4302 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4303 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4304 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4305 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
4306 *
4307 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4308 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4309 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
4310 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4311 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4312 *
4313 * This function must be called with BHs disabled.
4314 *
4315 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004316 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004317 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4318 * @napi: the NAPI context
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004319 */
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004320void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4321 struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004322
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004323/**
4324 * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
4325 *
4326 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
Zhu Yie3cf8b3f2010-03-29 17:35:07 +08004327 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4328 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4329 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4330 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004331 *
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004332 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004333 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4334 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004335 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4336 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004337 *
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004338 * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
Johannes Bergd20ef632009-10-11 15:10:40 +02004339 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004340 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4341 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004342 */
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004343static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
4344{
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004345 ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004346}
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004347
4348/**
4349 * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
4350 *
4351 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004352 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4353 *
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004354 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004355 * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
4356 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004357 *
4358 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4359 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004360 */
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02004361void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004362
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004363/**
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004364 * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
4365 *
4366 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
4367 * (internally disables bottom halves).
4368 *
4369 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004370 * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4371 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004372 *
4373 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4374 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4375 */
4376static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4377 struct sk_buff *skb)
4378{
4379 local_bh_disable();
4380 ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
4381 local_bh_enable();
4382}
4383
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004384/**
4385 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
4386 *
4387 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
4388 * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
4389 * entering/leaving PS mode.
4390 *
4391 * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
4392 *
4393 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
4394 * each other.
4395 *
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004396 * @sta: currently connected sta
4397 * @start: start or stop PS
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004398 *
4399 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004400 */
4401int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);
4402
4403/**
4404 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
4405 * (in process context)
4406 *
4407 * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
4408 * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
4409 * applies.
4410 *
4411 * @sta: currently connected sta
4412 * @start: start or stop PS
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004413 *
4414 * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004415 */
4416static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4417 bool start)
4418{
4419 int ret;
4420
4421 local_bh_disable();
4422 ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
4423 local_bh_enable();
4424
4425 return ret;
4426}
4427
Johannes Berg46fa38e2016-05-03 16:58:00 +03004428/**
4429 * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
4430 * @sta: currently connected station
4431 *
4432 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4433 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
4434 * connected station was received.
4435 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4436 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
4437 * be serialized.
4438 */
4439void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
4440
4441/**
4442 * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
4443 * @sta: currently connected station
4444 * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
4445 *
4446 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4447 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
4448 * from a connected station was received.
4449 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4450 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
4451 * serialized.
Emmanuel Grumbach0aa419e2016-10-18 23:12:10 +03004452 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
4453 * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
4454 * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
4455 * checks.
Johannes Berg46fa38e2016-05-03 16:58:00 +03004456 */
4457void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
4458
Gertjan van Wingerded24deb22009-12-04 23:46:54 +01004459/*
4460 * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
4461 * This is enough for the radiotap header.
4462 */
Felix Fietkau651b9922018-02-10 13:20:34 +01004463#define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM ALIGN(14, 4)
Gertjan van Wingerded24deb22009-12-04 23:46:54 +01004464
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004465/**
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004466 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
Randy Dunlapbdfbe802011-05-22 17:22:45 -07004467 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004468 * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
4469 * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004470 *
4471 * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004472 * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
4473 * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004474 *
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004475 * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
4476 * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
4477 * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
4478 * call! Beware of the locking!)
4479 *
4480 * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
4481 * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
4482 * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
4483 * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
4484 * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
4485 * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
4486 *
4487 * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
4488 * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
4489 * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
4490 * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
4491 * use this API.
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004492 */
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004493void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4494 u8 tid, bool buffered);
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004495
4496/**
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02004497 * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
4498 *
4499 * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
4500 * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
4501 * rate selection table for the station entry.
4502 *
4503 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4504 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
4505 * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
4506 * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
4507 * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
4508 */
4509void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4510 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4511 struct sk_buff *skb,
4512 struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
4513 int max_rates);
4514
4515/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen484a54c2017-04-06 11:38:26 +02004516 * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station
4517 *
4518 * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput
4519 * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can
4520 * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station
4521 * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic
4522 * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause
4523 * slow stations to starve).
4524 *
4525 * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for.
4526 * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps.
4527 */
4528void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4529 u32 thr);
4530
4531/**
Anilkumar Kollif8252e72018-10-11 18:15:03 +05304532 * ieee80211_tx_rate_update - transmit rate update callback
4533 *
4534 * Drivers should call this functions with a non-NULL pub sta
4535 * This function can be used in drivers that does not have provision
4536 * in updating the tx rate in data path.
4537 *
4538 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4539 * @pubsta: the station to update the tx rate for.
4540 * @info: tx status information
4541 */
4542void ieee80211_tx_rate_update(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4543 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4544 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info);
4545
4546/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004547 * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
4548 *
4549 * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
4550 * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
4551 * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
4552 *
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004553 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4554 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004555 * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004556 * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4557 * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004558 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004559 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4560 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004561 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004562void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004563 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004564
4565/**
Felix Fietkau5fe49a92017-04-26 17:11:37 +02004566 * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback
4567 *
4568 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4569 * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not
4570 * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info.
4571 *
4572 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4573 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4574 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4575 *
4576 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4577 * @status: tx status information
4578 */
4579void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4580 struct ieee80211_tx_status *status);
4581
4582/**
Felix Fietkauf027c2a2014-11-19 20:08:13 +01004583 * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
4584 *
4585 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4586 * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
4587 * specific skbs.
4588 *
4589 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4590 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4591 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4592 *
4593 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4594 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
4595 * (NULL for multicast packets)
4596 * @info: tx status information
4597 */
Felix Fietkau5fe49a92017-04-26 17:11:37 +02004598static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4599 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4600 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
4601{
4602 struct ieee80211_tx_status status = {
4603 .sta = sta,
4604 .info = info,
4605 };
4606
4607 ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status);
4608}
Felix Fietkauf027c2a2014-11-19 20:08:13 +01004609
4610/**
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004611 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
4612 *
4613 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
4614 *
4615 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4616 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
4617 * for a single hardware.
4618 *
4619 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4620 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
4621 */
4622static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4623 struct sk_buff *skb)
4624{
4625 local_bh_disable();
4626 ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
4627 local_bh_enable();
4628}
4629
4630/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07004631 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004632 *
4633 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
4634 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4635 *
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004636 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4637 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004638 *
4639 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4640 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004641 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004642void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004643 struct sk_buff *skb);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004644
4645/**
Arik Nemtsov8178d382011-04-18 14:22:28 +03004646 * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
4647 *
4648 * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
4649 * connected STA.
4650 *
4651 * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
4652 * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
4653 */
4654void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);
4655
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004656#define IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM 2
4657
Arik Nemtsov8178d382011-04-18 14:22:28 +03004658/**
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004659 * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
4660 * @tim_offset: position of TIM element
4661 * @tim_length: size of TIM element
Luciano Coelho8d77ec82014-05-15 20:32:08 +03004662 * @csa_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
4663 * to CSA counters. This array can contain zero values which
4664 * should be ignored.
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004665 */
4666struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
4667 u16 tim_offset;
4668 u16 tim_length;
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004669
4670 u16 csa_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS_NUM];
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004671};
4672
4673/**
4674 * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
4675 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4676 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4677 * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
4678 * receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
4679 *
4680 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
4681 * obtain the beacon template.
4682 *
4683 * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
4684 * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004685 * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
4686 * applicable, the CSA count.
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004687 *
4688 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
4689 *
4690 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
4691 */
4692struct sk_buff *
4693ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4694 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4695 struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs);
4696
4697/**
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004698 * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
4699 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004700 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004701 * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
4702 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4703 * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
4704 * (including the ID and length bytes!).
4705 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4706 *
4707 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004708 * obtain the beacon frame.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004709 *
4710 * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4711 * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004712 * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
4713 * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004714 *
4715 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004716 *
4717 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004718 */
4719struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4720 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4721 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length);
4722
4723/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004724 * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
4725 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004726 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004727 *
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004728 * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004729 *
4730 * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004731 */
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004732static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4733 struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
4734{
4735 return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL);
4736}
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004737
4738/**
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004739 * ieee80211_csa_update_counter - request mac80211 to decrement the csa counter
4740 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4741 *
4742 * The csa counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
4743 * This function is called implicitly when
4744 * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
4745 * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
4746 * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's csa counters.
4747 *
4748 * Return: new csa counter value
4749 */
4750u8 ieee80211_csa_update_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4751
4752/**
Gregory Greenman03737002018-04-20 13:49:24 +03004753 * ieee80211_csa_set_counter - request mac80211 to set csa counter
4754 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4755 * @counter: the new value for the counter
4756 *
4757 * The csa counter can be changed by the device, this API should be
4758 * used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211.
4759 *
4760 * It should never be used together with ieee80211_csa_update_counter(),
4761 * as it will cause a race condition around the counter value.
4762 */
4763void ieee80211_csa_set_counter(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter);
4764
4765/**
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004766 * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
4767 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4768 *
4769 * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02004770 * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004771 * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
4772 */
4773void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4774
4775/**
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02004776 * ieee80211_csa_is_complete - find out if counters reached 1
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004777 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4778 *
4779 * This function returns whether the channel switch counters reached zero.
4780 */
4781bool ieee80211_csa_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4782
4783
4784/**
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +02004785 * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
4786 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4787 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4788 *
4789 * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4790 * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
4791 *
4792 * Can only be called in AP mode.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004793 *
4794 * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +02004795 */
4796struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4797 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4798
4799/**
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004800 * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
4801 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4802 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4803 *
4804 * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
4805 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4806 * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
4807 *
4808 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4809 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004810 *
4811 * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004812 */
4813struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4814 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4815
4816/**
4817 * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
4818 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4819 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01004820 * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set
4821 * if at all possible
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004822 *
4823 * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
4824 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
4825 * BSSID and address is used.
4826 *
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01004827 * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the
4828 * returned packet will be QoS NDP.
4829 *
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004830 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
4831 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004832 *
4833 * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004834 */
4835struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01004836 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4837 bool qos_ok);
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02004838
4839/**
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004840 * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
4841 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02004842 * @src_addr: source MAC address
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004843 * @ssid: SSID buffer
4844 * @ssid_len: length of SSID
Johannes Bergb9a9ada2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01004845 * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004846 *
4847 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4848 * hardware.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004849 *
4850 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004851 */
4852struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02004853 const u8 *src_addr,
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004854 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
Johannes Bergb9a9ada2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01004855 size_t tailroom);
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02004856
4857/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004858 * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
4859 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004860 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004861 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
4862 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004863 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004864 * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
4865 *
4866 * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4867 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4868 * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4869 * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
4870 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004871void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004872 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004873 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004874 struct ieee80211_rts *rts);
4875
4876/**
4877 * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
4878 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004879 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004880 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004881 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004882 *
4883 * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4884 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4885 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004886 *
4887 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004888 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004889__le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4890 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004891 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004892
4893/**
4894 * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
4895 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004896 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004897 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
4898 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004899 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004900 * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
4901 *
4902 * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4903 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4904 * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
4905 * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
4906 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004907void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4908 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004909 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004910 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004911 struct ieee80211_cts *cts);
4912
4913/**
4914 * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
4915 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004916 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004917 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004918 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004919 *
4920 * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
4921 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
4922 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004923 *
4924 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004925 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004926__le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4927 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004928 size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004929 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004930
4931/**
4932 * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
4933 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004934 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Bergd13e1412012-06-09 10:31:09 +02004935 * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004936 * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01004937 * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004938 *
4939 * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
4940 * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004941 *
4942 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004943 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01004944__le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4945 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02004946 enum nl80211_band band,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004947 size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01004948 struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004949
4950/**
4951 * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
4952 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004953 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004954 *
4955 * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
4956 * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
4957 * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
4958 * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004959 * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
4960 *
4961 * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
4962 * frames are available.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004963 *
4964 * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
4965 * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
4966 * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
4967 * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
4968 * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
4969 * use common code for all beacons.
4970 */
4971struct sk_buff *
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004972ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004973
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004974/**
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +02004975 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
4976 *
4977 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
4978 *
4979 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
4980 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
4981 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
4982 */
4983void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4984 u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
4985
4986/**
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004987 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02004988 *
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004989 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
4990 * from the given packet.
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02004991 *
4992 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02004993 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
4994 * with this P1K
4995 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02004996 */
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +02004997static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
4998 struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
4999{
5000 struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
5001 const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
5002 u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);
5003
5004 ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
5005}
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005006
5007/**
Johannes Berg8bca5d82011-07-13 19:50:34 +02005008 * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
5009 *
5010 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
5011 * and transmitter address.
5012 *
5013 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5014 * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
5015 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
5016 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
5017 */
5018void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5019 const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
5020
5021/**
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005022 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
5023 *
5024 * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
5025 * in the packet.
5026 *
5027 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5028 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
5029 * encrypted with this key
5030 * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
5031 */
5032void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5033 struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02005034
5035/**
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02005036 * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
5037 *
5038 * @pos: start of crypto header
5039 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5040 * @pn: PN to add
5041 *
5042 * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
5043 * the packet payload)
5044 *
5045 * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
5046 * point to the crypto header)
5047 */
5048u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);
5049
5050/**
Johannes Berg3ea542d2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02005051 * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
5052 *
5053 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02005054 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
Johannes Berg3ea542d2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02005055 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
5056 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
5057 * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
5058 *
5059 * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
5060 * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
5061 * by the device and not by mac80211.
5062 *
5063 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
5064 * can be done concurrently.
5065 */
5066void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5067 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
5068
5069/**
Johannes Berg27b3eb92013-08-07 20:11:55 +02005070 * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
5071 *
5072 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02005073 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
Johannes Berg27b3eb92013-08-07 20:11:55 +02005074 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
5075 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
5076 * @seq: new sequence data
5077 *
5078 * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
5079 * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
5080 * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
5081 * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
5082 *
5083 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
5084 * can be done concurrently.
5085 */
5086void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5087 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
5088
5089/**
5090 * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
5091 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5092 *
5093 * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
5094 * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
5095 * instead assumed to have been removed already.
5096 *
5097 * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently)
5098 * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().)
5099 */
5100void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5101
5102/**
5103 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
5104 * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
5105 * @keyconf: new key data
5106 *
5107 * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
5108 * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
5109 * RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
5110 *
5111 * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will
5112 * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
5113 * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
5114 * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
5115 *
5116 * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
5117 * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
5118 * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
5119 * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
5120 * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
5121 * of the reconfiguration.
5122 *
5123 * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
5124 * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
5125 *
5126 * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
5127 * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
5128 * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
5129 * the key that's being replaced.
5130 */
5131struct ieee80211_key_conf *
5132ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5133 struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5134
5135/**
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02005136 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
5137 * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
5138 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
5139 * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
5140 * @gfp: allocation flags
5141 */
5142void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
5143 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
5144
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02005145/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005146 * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
5147 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5148 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5149 *
5150 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5151 */
5152void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5153
5154/**
5155 * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
5156 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5157 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5158 *
5159 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5160 */
5161void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5162
5163/**
Tomas Winkler92ab8532008-07-24 21:02:04 +03005164 * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
5165 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5166 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5167 *
5168 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005169 *
5170 * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
Tomas Winkler92ab8532008-07-24 21:02:04 +03005171 */
5172
5173int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5174
5175/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005176 * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
5177 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5178 *
5179 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5180 */
5181void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5182
5183/**
5184 * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
5185 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5186 *
5187 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5188 */
5189void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5190
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005191/**
5192 * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
5193 *
5194 * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
5195 * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
Johannes Berg8789d452010-08-26 13:30:26 +02005196 * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
5197 * any context, including hardirq context.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005198 *
5199 * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
Avraham Stern7947d3e2016-07-05 15:23:12 +03005200 * @info: information about the completed scan
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005201 */
Avraham Stern7947d3e2016-07-05 15:23:12 +03005202void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5203 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005204
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005205/**
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03005206 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
5207 *
5208 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
5209 * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
5210 *
5211 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5212 */
5213void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5214
5215/**
5216 * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
5217 *
5218 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
5219 * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
5220 * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
5221 * while associating, for instance.
5222 *
5223 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5224 */
5225void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5226
5227/**
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005228 * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
5229 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
5230 * been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
5231 * reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
5232 * interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
5233 * haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
5234 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
5235 * interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005236 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005237 */
5238enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
5239 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL = 0,
5240 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0),
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005241 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE = BIT(1),
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005242};
5243
5244/**
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005245 * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
5246 *
5247 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5248 * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
5249 * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
5250 * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
5251 *
5252 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5253 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5254 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
5255 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5256 */
5257void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5258 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5259 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5260 void *data);
5261
5262/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07005263 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005264 *
5265 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5266 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005267 * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
5268 * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
5269 * be used.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005270 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005271 *
5272 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005273 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005274 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005275 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5276 */
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005277static inline void
5278ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5279 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5280 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5281 void *data)
5282{
5283 ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
5284 iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
5285 iterator, data);
5286}
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005287
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005288/**
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005289 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
5290 *
5291 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5292 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5293 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5294 * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005295 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005296 *
5297 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005298 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005299 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5300 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5301 */
5302void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005303 u32 iter_flags,
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005304 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5305 u8 *mac,
5306 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5307 void *data);
5308
5309/**
Johannes Bergc7c71062013-08-21 22:07:20 +02005310 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl - iterate active interfaces
5311 *
5312 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5313 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5314 * This version can only be used while holding the RTNL.
5315 *
5316 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5317 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5318 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5319 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5320 */
5321void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_rtnl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5322 u32 iter_flags,
5323 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5324 u8 *mac,
5325 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5326 void *data);
5327
5328/**
Arik Nemtsov0fc1e042014-10-22 12:30:59 +03005329 * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
5330 *
5331 * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
5332 * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
5333 * function for them.
5334 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5335 *
5336 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5337 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5338 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5339 */
5340void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5341 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5342 struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
5343 void *data);
5344/**
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04005345 * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5346 *
5347 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
5348 * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
5349 *
5350 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5351 * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
5352 */
5353void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);
5354
5355/**
5356 * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5357 *
5358 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
5359 * workqueue.
5360 *
5361 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5362 * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
5363 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
5364 */
5365void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5366 struct delayed_work *dwork,
5367 unsigned long delay);
5368
5369/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005370 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005371 * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005372 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
Sujith Manoharanbd2ce6e2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05305373 * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
Randy Dunlapea2d8b52008-10-27 09:47:03 -07005374 *
5375 * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005376 *
5377 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5378 * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5379 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5380 */
Sujith Manoharanbd2ce6e2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05305381int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
5382 u16 timeout);
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005383
5384/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005385 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005386 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005387 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5388 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
5389 *
5390 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02005391 * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
5392 * from any context.
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005393 */
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005394void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005395 u16 tid);
5396
5397/**
5398 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005399 * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005400 * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
Randy Dunlapea2d8b52008-10-27 09:47:03 -07005401 *
Johannes Berg6a8579d2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02005402 * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005403 *
5404 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5405 * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5406 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5407 */
Johannes Berg6a8579d2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02005408int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005409
5410/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005411 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005412 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005413 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5414 * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
5415 *
5416 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02005417 * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
5418 * can be called from any context.
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005419 */
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005420void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005421 u16 tid);
5422
Mohamed Abbas84363e62008-04-04 16:59:58 -07005423/**
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005424 * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
5425 *
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005426 * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005427 * @addr: station's address
5428 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005429 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5430 *
5431 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005432 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5433 */
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005434struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005435 const u8 *addr);
5436
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005437/**
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005438 * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005439 *
5440 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005441 * @addr: remote station's address
5442 * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005443 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005444 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5445 *
5446 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005447 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5448 *
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005449 * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
5450 * the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
5451 * We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
5452 * logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
5453 * BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
5454 * In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
5455 * is not reliable.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005456 *
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005457 * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005458 */
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005459struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5460 const u8 *addr,
5461 const u8 *localaddr);
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005462
5463/**
Johannes Bergaf818582009-11-06 11:35:50 +01005464 * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
5465 * @hw: the hardware
5466 * @pubsta: the station
5467 * @block: whether to block or unblock
5468 *
5469 * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
5470 * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
5471 * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
5472 * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
5473 * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
5474 *
5475 * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
5476 * manner.
5477 *
5478 * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
5479 * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
5480 * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
5481 * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
5482 * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
5483 * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
5484 * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
5485 * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
5486 * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
5487 * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
5488 * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
5489 * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
5490 * woke up while blocked or not.
5491 */
5492void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5493 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);
5494
5495/**
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005496 * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
5497 * @pubsta: the station
5498 *
5499 * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
5500 * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
5501 * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
5502 * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
5503 *
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01005504 * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
5505 * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
5506 * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
5507 * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
5508 *
5509 * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
5510 * driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
5511 * you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
5512 * and restore the _irqsafe version!
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005513 */
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01005514void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005515
5516/**
Emmanuel Grumbach0ead2512015-11-17 10:24:36 +02005517 * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
5518 * @pubsta: the station
5519 * @tid: the tid of the NDP
5520 *
5521 * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
5522 * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
5523 * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
5524 * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
5525 * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
5526 * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
5527 * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
5528 * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
5529 * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
5530 * will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
5531 * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
5532 * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
5533 * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
5534 * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
5535 */
5536void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);
5537
5538/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08005539 * ieee80211_sta_register_airtime - register airtime usage for a sta/tid
5540 *
5541 * Register airtime usage for a given sta on a given tid. The driver can call
5542 * this function to notify mac80211 that a station used a certain amount of
5543 * airtime. This information will be used by the TXQ scheduler to schedule
5544 * stations in a way that ensures airtime fairness.
5545 *
5546 * The reported airtime should as a minimum include all time that is spent
5547 * transmitting to the remote station, including overhead and padding, but not
5548 * including time spent waiting for a TXOP. If the time is not reported by the
5549 * hardware it can in some cases be calculated from the rate and known frame
5550 * composition. When possible, the time should include any failed transmission
5551 * attempts.
5552 *
5553 * The driver can either call this function synchronously for every packet or
5554 * aggregate, or asynchronously as airtime usage information becomes available.
5555 * TX and RX airtime can be reported together, or separately by setting one of
5556 * them to 0.
5557 *
5558 * @pubsta: the station
5559 * @tid: the TID to register airtime for
5560 * @tx_airtime: airtime used during TX (in usec)
5561 * @rx_airtime: airtime used during RX (in usec)
5562 */
5563void ieee80211_sta_register_airtime(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5564 u32 tx_airtime, u32 rx_airtime);
5565
5566/**
Johannes Berg830af022011-07-05 16:35:39 +02005567 * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
5568 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5569 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5570 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5571 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5572 *
5573 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5574 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5575 * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
5576 * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
5577 * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
5578 * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
Johannes Bergf850e002011-07-13 19:50:53 +02005579 *
5580 * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
5581 * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
5582 * set_key callback.
Johannes Berg830af022011-07-05 16:35:39 +02005583 */
5584void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5585 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5586 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5587 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5588 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5589 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5590 void *data),
5591 void *iter_data);
5592
5593/**
Eliad Pelleref044762015-11-17 10:24:37 +02005594 * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
5595 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5596 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5597 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5598 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5599 *
5600 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5601 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5602 * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
5603 * in removal process will be skipped.
5604 *
5605 * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
5606 * and thus iter must be atomic.
5607 */
5608void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5609 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5610 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5611 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5612 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5613 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5614 void *data),
5615 void *iter_data);
5616
5617/**
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005618 * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
5619 * @hw: pointre obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5620 * @iter: iterator function
5621 * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
5622 *
5623 * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
5624 * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
5625 * places while calling into the driver.
5626 *
5627 * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
5628 * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
5629 * removed.
Johannes Berg8a61af62012-12-13 17:42:30 +01005630 *
5631 * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
5632 * before the restart are considered already present so will be
5633 * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
5634 * or not.
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005635 */
5636void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
5637 struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5638 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5639 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
5640 void *data),
5641 void *iter_data);
5642
5643/**
Juuso Oikarinena619a4c2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02005644 * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
5645 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5646 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5647 *
5648 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
5649 * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
5650 * information. This function must only be called from within the
5651 * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
5652 * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005653 * %NULL.
5654 *
5655 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
Juuso Oikarinena619a4c2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02005656 */
5657struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5658 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5659
5660/**
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005661 * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
5662 *
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005663 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005664 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01005665 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005666 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005667 * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
5668 */
5669void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005670
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005671/**
5672 * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
5673 *
5674 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5675 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01005676 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005677 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
5678 * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
Johannes Berg682bd382013-01-29 13:13:50 +01005679 * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
5680 * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005681 *
5682 * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
5683 * without connection recovery attempts.
5684 */
5685void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5686
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005687/**
Johannes Berg95acac62011-07-12 12:30:59 +02005688 * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
5689 *
5690 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5691 *
5692 * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
5693 * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
5694 * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
5695 * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
5696 * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
5697 *
5698 * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
5699 * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
5700 * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
5701 * disconnect normally later.
5702 *
5703 * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
5704 * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
5705 * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
5706 * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
5707 */
5708void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5709
5710/**
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005711 * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
5712 * rssi threshold triggered
5713 *
5714 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5715 * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
Andrzej Zaborowski769f07d2017-01-25 12:43:40 +01005716 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005717 * @gfp: context flags
5718 *
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01005719 * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005720 * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
5721 * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
5722 */
5723void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5724 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
Andrzej Zaborowski769f07d2017-01-25 12:43:40 +01005725 s32 rssi_level,
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005726 gfp_t gfp);
5727
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02005728/**
Johannes Berg98f03342014-11-26 12:42:02 +01005729 * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
5730 *
5731 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5732 * @gfp: context flags
5733 */
5734void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);
5735
5736/**
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01005737 * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
5738 *
5739 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5740 */
5741void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5742
5743/**
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02005744 * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
5745 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5746 * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
5747 *
5748 * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
5749 * and wake up the suspended queues.
5750 */
5751void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);
5752
Johannes Bergd1f5b7a2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02005753/**
5754 * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
5755 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Berg633dd1e2010-08-18 15:01:23 +02005756 * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
Johannes Bergd1f5b7a2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02005757 *
5758 * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
5759 * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
5760 * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
5761 */
5762void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5763 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);
5764
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02005765/**
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01005766 * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
5767 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5768 */
5769void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5770
5771/**
5772 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
5773 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5774 */
5775void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5776
Shahar Levif41ccd72011-05-22 16:10:21 +03005777/**
5778 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
5779 *
5780 * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
5781 * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
5782 * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
5783 * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
5784 * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
5785 * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
5786 *
5787 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5788 * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
5789 * @addr: & to bssid mac address
5790 */
5791void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
5792 const u8 *addr);
5793
Felix Fietkau8c771242011-08-20 15:53:55 +02005794/**
Sara Sharon06470f72016-01-28 16:19:25 +02005795 * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
5796 * @pubsta: station struct
5797 * @tid: the session's TID
5798 * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
5799 * assumed to be out of the window after the call
5800 * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
5801 * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
5802 *
5803 * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
5804 * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
5805 * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
5806 * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
5807 */
5808void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5809 u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
5810 u16 received_mpdus);
5811
5812/**
Felix Fietkau8c771242011-08-20 15:53:55 +02005813 * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
5814 *
5815 * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
5816 * buffer.
5817 *
5818 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5819 * @ra: the peer's destination address
5820 * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
5821 * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
5822 */
5823void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);
5824
Luca Coelho1272c5d2017-08-18 15:33:56 +03005825/**
5826 * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work
5827 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5828 * @addr: station mac address
5829 * @tid: the rx tid
5830 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005831void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr,
Luca Coelho1272c5d2017-08-18 15:33:56 +03005832 unsigned int tid);
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005833
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02005834/**
5835 * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
5836 *
5837 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5838 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5839 * reordering.
5840 *
5841 * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5842 * when they complete AddBa negotiation.
5843 *
5844 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5845 * @addr: station mac address
5846 * @tid: the rx tid
5847 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005848static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5849 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5850{
5851 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5852 return;
5853 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid);
5854}
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02005855
5856/**
5857 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
5858 *
5859 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
5860 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
5861 * reordering.
5862 *
5863 * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
5864 * when they complete DelBa negotiation.
5865 *
5866 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5867 * @addr: station mac address
5868 * @tid: the rx tid
5869 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02005870static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5871 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
5872{
5873 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
5874 return;
5875 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS);
5876}
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02005877
Naftali Goldstein04c2cf32017-07-11 10:07:25 +03005878/**
5879 * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout
5880 *
5881 * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx
5882 * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer.
5883 *
5884 * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa.
5885 *
5886 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
5887 * @addr: station mac address
5888 * @tid: the rx tid
5889 */
5890void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5891 const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid);
5892
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005893/* Rate control API */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005894
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005895/**
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005896 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005897 *
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005898 * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
5899 * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
5900 * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01005901 * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
5902 * to be filled in
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005903 * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
5904 * which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
5905 * used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
5906 * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
5907 * RTS threshold
5908 * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
5909 * if the selected rate supports it
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01005910 * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
Felix Fietkau2ffbe6d2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02005911 * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
Felix Fietkau8f0729b2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01005912 * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005913 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005914struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
5915 struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
5916 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
5917 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
5918 struct sk_buff *skb;
5919 struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
5920 bool rts, short_preamble;
Jouni Malinen37eb0b12010-01-06 13:09:08 +02005921 u32 rate_idx_mask;
Felix Fietkau2ffbe6d2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02005922 u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
Felix Fietkau8f0729b2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01005923 bool bss;
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005924};
5925
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03005926/**
5927 * enum rate_control_capabilities - rate control capabilities
5928 */
5929enum rate_control_capabilities {
5930 /**
5931 * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW:
5932 * Support for extended NSS BW support (dot11VHTExtendedNSSCapable)
5933 * Note that this is only looked at if the minimum number of chains
5934 * that the AP uses is < the number of TX chains the hardware has,
5935 * otherwise the NSS difference doesn't bother us.
5936 */
5937 RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW = BIT(0),
5938};
5939
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005940struct rate_control_ops {
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03005941 unsigned long capa;
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005942 const char *name;
5943 void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct dentry *debugfsdir);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005944 void (*free)(void *priv);
5945
5946 void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
5947 void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
Simon Wunderlich3de805c2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02005948 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005949 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
Sujith81cb7622009-02-12 11:38:37 +05305950 void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
Simon Wunderlich3de805c2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02005951 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Johannes Berg64f68e52012-03-28 10:58:37 +02005952 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5953 u32 changed);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005954 void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5955 void *priv_sta);
5956
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02005957 void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv,
5958 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5959 void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005960 void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5961 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5962 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02005963 void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
5964 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005965
5966 void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
5967 struct dentry *dir);
Antonio Quartullicca674d2014-05-19 21:53:20 +02005968
5969 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005970};
5971
5972static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02005973 enum nl80211_band band,
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005974 int index)
5975{
5976 return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
5977}
5978
5979static inline s8
5980rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5981 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5982{
5983 int i;
5984
5985 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
5986 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
5987 return i;
5988
5989 /* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
Johannes Berg54d50262011-11-04 18:07:43 +01005990 WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005991
Johannes Berg54d50262011-11-04 18:07:43 +01005992 /* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005993 return 0;
5994}
5995
Luis R. Rodriguezb770b432009-07-16 10:15:09 -07005996static inline
5997bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
5998 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
5999{
6000 unsigned int i;
6001
6002 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
6003 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
6004 return true;
6005 return false;
6006}
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006007
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02006008/**
6009 * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
6010 *
6011 * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
6012 * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
6013 * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
6014 * the most recent rate control module decision.
6015 *
6016 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6017 * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
6018 * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
6019 */
6020int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6021 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
6022 struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);
6023
Johannes Berg631ad702014-01-20 23:29:34 +01006024int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
6025void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006026
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006027static inline bool
6028conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6029{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006030 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006031}
6032
6033static inline bool
6034conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6035{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006036 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
6037 conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006038}
6039
6040static inline bool
6041conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6042{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006043 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
6044 conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006045}
6046
6047static inline bool
6048conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6049{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006050 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006051}
6052
6053static inline bool
6054conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6055{
Rostislav Lisovy041f6072014-04-02 15:31:55 +02006056 return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
6057 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
6058 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006059}
6060
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02006061static inline enum nl80211_iftype
6062ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
6063{
6064 if (p2p) {
6065 switch (type) {
6066 case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
6067 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
6068 case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
6069 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
6070 default:
6071 break;
6072 }
6073 }
6074 return type;
6075}
6076
6077static inline enum nl80211_iftype
6078ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
6079{
6080 return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
6081}
6082
Sara Sharon65554d02016-02-16 12:48:17 +02006083/**
6084 * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
6085 *
6086 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6087 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
6088 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
6089 *
6090 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
6091 * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
6092 * matching GroupId management frame.
6093 * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
6094 */
6095void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6096 const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);
6097
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -07006098void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6099 int rssi_min_thold,
6100 int rssi_max_thold);
6101
6102void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Arik Nemtsov768db342011-09-28 14:12:51 +03006103
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006104/**
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01006105 * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006106 *
6107 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6108 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01006109 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
6110 *
6111 * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
6112 * applicable.
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006113 */
Wey-Yi Guy1dae27f2012-04-13 12:02:57 -07006114int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
6115
Johannes Bergcd8f7cb2013-01-22 12:34:29 +01006116/**
6117 * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
6118 * @vif: virtual interface
6119 * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
6120 * @gfp: allocation flags
6121 *
6122 * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
6123 */
6124void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6125 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
6126 gfp_t gfp);
6127
Felix Fietkau06be6b12013-10-14 18:01:00 +02006128/**
6129 * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
6130 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6131 * @vif: virtual interface
6132 * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
6133 * @band: the band to transmit on
6134 * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
6135 *
6136 * Note: must be called under RCU lock
6137 */
6138bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6139 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
6140 int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);
6141
Felix Fietkaua7022e62013-12-16 21:49:14 +01006142/**
6143 * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
6144 *
6145 * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
6146 * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
6147 *
6148 * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
6149 *
6150 * private:
6151 *
6152 * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
6153 * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
6154 */
6155struct ieee80211_noa_data {
6156 u32 next_tsf;
6157 bool has_next_tsf;
6158
6159 u8 absent;
6160
6161 u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6162 struct {
6163 u32 start;
6164 u32 duration;
6165 u32 interval;
6166 } desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6167};
6168
6169/**
6170 * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
6171 *
6172 * @attr: P2P NoA IE
6173 * @data: NoA tracking data
6174 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6175 *
6176 * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
6177 */
6178int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
6179 struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6180
6181/**
6182 * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
6183 *
6184 * @data: NoA tracking data
6185 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6186 */
6187void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6188
Arik Nemtsovc887f0d32014-06-11 17:18:25 +03006189/**
6190 * ieee80211_tdls_oper - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
6191 * @vif: virtual interface
6192 * @peer: the peer's destination address
6193 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation
6194 * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
6195 * @gfp: allocation flags
6196 *
6197 * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
6198 */
6199void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
6200 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
6201 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
Andrei Otcheretianskia7f3a762014-10-22 15:22:49 +03006202
6203/**
Liad Kaufmanb6da9112014-11-19 13:47:38 +02006204 * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
6205 *
6206 * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
6207 * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
6208 * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
6209 * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
6210 * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
6211 * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
6212 *
6213 * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
6214 * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
6215 * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6216 *
6217 * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
6218 * @tid: the TID to reserve
6219 *
6220 * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
6221 */
6222int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6223
6224/**
6225 * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
6226 *
6227 * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
6228 * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
6229 * preventing use of this TID in the driver.
6230 *
6231 * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
6232 * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
6233 * from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6234 *
6235 * @sta: the station
6236 * @tid: the TID to unreserve
6237 */
6238void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6239
6240/**
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006241 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
6242 *
6243 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006244 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
6245 * ieee80211_next_txq()
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006246 *
6247 * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
Johannes Bergfca12792018-12-15 11:03:08 +02006248 *
6249 * Note that this must be called in an rcu_read_lock() critical section,
6250 * which can only be released after the SKB was handled. Some pointers in
6251 * skb->cb, e.g. the key pointer, are protected by by RCU and thus the
6252 * critical section must persist not just for the duration of this call
6253 * but for the duration of the frame handling.
6254 * However, also note that while in the wake_tx_queue() method,
6255 * rcu_read_lock() is already held.
Erik Stromdahlfb0e76a2019-06-17 22:01:39 +02006256 *
6257 * softirqs must also be disabled when this function is called.
6258 * In process context, use ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni() instead.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006259 */
6260struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6261 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
Michal Kaziorf2ac7e302016-01-27 15:26:12 +01006262
6263/**
Erik Stromdahlfb0e76a2019-06-17 22:01:39 +02006264 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
6265 * (in process context)
6266 *
6267 * Like ieee80211_tx_dequeue() but can be called in process context
6268 * (internally disables bottom halves).
6269 *
6270 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6271 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
6272 * ieee80211_next_txq()
6273 */
6274static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6275 struct ieee80211_txq *txq)
6276{
6277 struct sk_buff *skb;
6278
6279 local_bh_disable();
6280 skb = ieee80211_tx_dequeue(hw, txq);
6281 local_bh_enable();
6282
6283 return skb;
6284}
6285
6286/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006287 * ieee80211_next_txq - get next tx queue to pull packets from
6288 *
6289 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6290 * @ac: AC number to return packets from.
6291 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006292 * Returns the next txq if successful, %NULL if no queue is eligible. If a txq
6293 * is returned, it should be returned with ieee80211_return_txq() after the
6294 * driver has finished scheduling it.
6295 */
6296struct ieee80211_txq *ieee80211_next_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
6297
6298/**
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006299 * ieee80211_txq_schedule_start - start new scheduling round for TXQs
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006300 *
6301 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6302 * @ac: AC number to acquire locks for
6303 *
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006304 * Should be called before ieee80211_next_txq() or ieee80211_return_txq().
6305 * The driver must not call multiple TXQ scheduling rounds concurrently.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006306 */
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006307void ieee80211_txq_schedule_start(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006308
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006309/* (deprecated) */
6310static inline void ieee80211_txq_schedule_end(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac)
6311{
6312}
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006313
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006314void __ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6315 struct ieee80211_txq *txq, bool force);
6316
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006317/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006318 * ieee80211_schedule_txq - schedule a TXQ for transmission
6319 *
6320 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6321 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6322 *
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006323 * Schedules a TXQ for transmission if it is not already scheduled,
6324 * even if mac80211 does not have any packets buffered.
6325 *
6326 * The driver may call this function if it has buffered packets for
6327 * this TXQ internally.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006328 */
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006329static inline void
6330ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq)
6331{
6332 __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, true);
6333}
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006334
6335/**
6336 * ieee80211_return_txq - return a TXQ previously acquired by ieee80211_next_txq()
6337 *
6338 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6339 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006340 * @force: schedule txq even if mac80211 does not have any buffered packets.
6341 *
6342 * The driver may set force=true if it has buffered packets for this TXQ
6343 * internally.
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006344 */
6345static inline void
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006346ieee80211_return_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6347 bool force)
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006348{
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006349 __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, force);
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006350}
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006351
6352/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08006353 * ieee80211_txq_may_transmit - check whether TXQ is allowed to transmit
6354 *
6355 * This function is used to check whether given txq is allowed to transmit by
6356 * the airtime scheduler, and can be used by drivers to access the airtime
6357 * fairness accounting without going using the scheduling order enfored by
6358 * next_txq().
6359 *
6360 * Returns %true if the airtime scheduler thinks the TXQ should be allowed to
6361 * transmit, and %false if it should be throttled. This function can also have
6362 * the side effect of rotating the TXQ in the scheduler rotation, which will
6363 * eventually bring the deficit to positive and allow the station to transmit
6364 * again.
6365 *
6366 * The API ieee80211_txq_may_transmit() also ensures that TXQ list will be
6367 * aligned aginst driver's own round-robin scheduler list. i.e it rotates
6368 * the TXQ list till it makes the requested node becomes the first entry
6369 * in TXQ list. Thus both the TXQ list and driver's list are in sync. If this
6370 * function returns %true, the driver is expected to schedule packets
6371 * for transmission, and then return the TXQ through ieee80211_return_txq().
6372 *
6373 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6374 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6375 */
6376bool ieee80211_txq_may_transmit(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6377 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
6378
6379/**
Michal Kaziorf2ac7e302016-01-27 15:26:12 +01006380 * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
6381 *
6382 * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
6383 * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
6384 * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
6385 *
6386 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6387 * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
6388 * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
6389 */
6390void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6391 unsigned long *frame_cnt,
6392 unsigned long *byte_cnt);
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03006393
6394/**
6395 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
6396 *
6397 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
6398 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6399 *
6400 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6401 * @inst_id: the local instance id
6402 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
6403 * @gfp: allocation flags
6404 */
6405void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6406 u8 inst_id,
6407 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
6408 gfp_t gfp);
Ayala Beker92bc43b2016-09-20 17:31:21 +03006409
6410/**
6411 * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
6412 *
6413 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
6414 * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
6415 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6416 *
6417 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6418 * @match: match event information
6419 * @gfp: allocation flags
6420 */
6421void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6422 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
6423 gfp_t gfp);
6424
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07006425#endif /* MAC80211_H */